10-K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ý	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
	SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
	For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
	OR
o	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
	SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________              

Commission file number: 0-51296

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Maryland	36-4387843
(State or other jurisdiction of	(I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization)	Identification No.)
357 Roosevelt Road Glen Ellyn, Illinois	60137
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

(630) 545-0900

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

None

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ¨	Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨	Smaller reporting company x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $9,411,000 based upon the average bid and asked price of such common equity as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Class	Outstanding at March 2, 2015
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share	10,781,988 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

None

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I		4
Item 1.	Business	4
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	23
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	33
Item 2.	Properties	33
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	34
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	34
PART II		35
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and
	Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	35
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	35
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
	Results of Operations	36
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	46
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	47
Item 9.	Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
	Financial Disclosure	86
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	86
Item 9B.	Other Information	86
PART III		87
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	87
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	91
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
	Management and Related Stockholder Matters	96
Item 13.	Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director
	Independence	99
Item 14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	101
PART IV		102
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	102
Signatures		103
Exhibits		104

Forward-Looking Statements

Community Financial Shares, Inc. (“the Company”) from time to time includes forward-looking statements in its oral and written communications. The Company may include forward-looking statements in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, such as this Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, in other written materials and in oral statements made by senior management to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. The Company intends these forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and the Company is including this statement for purposes of these safe harbor provisions. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use of words like “estimate,” “project,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect” and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include:

· Statements of the Company’s goals, intentions and expectations;

· Statements regarding the Company’s business plan and growth strategies;

· Statements regarding the asset quality of the Company’s loan and investment portfolios; and

· Estimates of the Company’s risks and future costs and benefits.

The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries include, but are not limited to, the following:

· The strength of the United States economy in general and the strength of the local economies in which the Company conducts its operations which may be less favorable than expected and may result in, among other things, an escalation in problem assets and foreclosures, a deterioration in the credit quality and value of the Company’s assets, especially real estate, which, in turn would likely reduce our customers’ borrowing power and the value of assets and collateral associated with our existing loans;

· The effects of, and changes in, federal, state and local laws, regulations and policies affecting banking, securities, insurance and monetary and financial matters;

· The failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of our allowance for loan losses, that may prove to be materially incorrect or may not be borne out by subsequent events;

· The success and timing of our business strategies and our ability to effectively carry out our business plan;

· An inability to meet our liquidity needs;

· The effect of changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted from time-to-time by bank regulatory agencies, the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other accounting standards setters;

· The effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, inflation, interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations;

· The risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest sensitive assets and liabilities;

· The effect of changes to our regulatory ratings or capital levels under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action or the imposition of additional enforcement action by regulatory authorities upon the Company or its wholly owned subsidiary as a result of our inability to comply with applicable laws, regulations, regulatory orders and agreements;

2

· Our ability to utilize our net deferred tax assets in future periods;

· Our ability to effectively manage market risk, credit risk and operational risk;

· The ability of the Company to compete with other financial institutions as effectively as the Company currently intends due to increases in competitive pressures in the financial services sector;

· The inability of the Company to obtain new customers and to retain existing customers;

· The timely development and acceptance of products and services including services, products and services offered through alternative delivery channels such as the Internet;

· Technological changes implemented by the Company and by other parties, including third party vendors, which may be more difficult or more expensive than anticipated or which may have unforeseen consequences to the Company and its customers;

· The ability of the Company to develop and maintain secure and reliable electronic systems;

· The ability of the Company to retain key executives and employees and the difficulty that the Company may experience in replacing key executives and employees in an effective manner;

· Business combinations which may be more difficult or expensive than expected;

· The costs, effects and outcomes of existing or future litigation;

· The ability of the Company to manage the risks associated with the foregoing as well as anticipated;

· Disruption of current plans and operations caused by the announcement and pendency of the proposed Merger;

· The potential impact of the announcement and pendency of the proposed Merger on relationships with third parties, including customers, employees and competitors, and the Company’s ability to hire and retain key personnel;

· Failure to satisfy closing conditions to the proposed Mergers;

· Unanticipated difficulties or expenditures relating to the Merger; and

· Legal proceedings that may be instituted against the Company and others following announcement of the proposed Merger.

Because of these and other uncertainties, the Company’s actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. In addition, the Company’s past results of operations do not necessarily indicate its future results. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date such forward-looking statement is made.

3

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

Community Financial Shares, Inc. (the “Company”) is a registered bank holding company. The operations of the Company and its banking subsidiary, Community Bank-Wheaton/Glen Ellyn (the “Bank”), consist primarily of those financial activities common to the commercial banking industry and are explained more fully below under the heading “—Lending Activities,” Unless the context otherwise requires, the term “Company” as used herein includes the Company and the Bank on a consolidated basis. All of the operating income of the Company is attributable to the Bank,.

The Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware in July 2000 as part of an internal reorganization whereby the stockholders of the Bank exchanged all of their Bank stock for all of the issued and outstanding stock of the Company. The reorganization was completed in December 2000. As a result of the reorganization, the former stockholders of the Bank acquired 100% of the Company’s stock and the Company acquired (and still holds) 100% of the Bank’s stock. The former Bank stockholders received two shares of the Company’s common stock for each share of Bank common stock exchanged in the reorganization. On June 25, 2013 the Company changed its state of incorporation from Delaware to Maryland. The reincorporation, which was effected to eliminate the Company’s significant annual Delaware franchise tax expense, was approved by the stockholders of the Company at the annual meeting of stockholders held on June 13, 2013. The Company was formed for the purpose of providing financial flexibility as a holding company for the Bank. At the present time, the Company has no specific plans of engaging in any activities other than operating the Bank as a subsidiary.

The Bank was established as a state chartered federally insured commercial bank on March 1, 1994 and opened for business on November 21, 1994 at its main office on Roosevelt Road in Glen Ellyn. The Bank opened a second location in downtown Wheaton on November 21, 1998. A third location was opened in northwest Wheaton on March 24, 2005. A fourth full service branch was opened on November 21, 2007 in north Wheaton. The Bank provides banking services common to the industry, including but not limited to, demand, savings and time deposits, loans, mortgage loan origination for investors, cash management, electronic banking services, Internet banking services (including online bill payment), Community Investment Center services, and debit cards. The Bank serves a diverse customer base including individuals, businesses, governmental units, and institutional customers located primarily in Wheaton and Glen Ellyn and surrounding communities in DuPage County, Illinois. The Bank has banking offices in Glen Ellyn, and Wheaton, Illinois.

Market Area

The Company is located in the village of Glen Ellyn in DuPage County in Illinois. Glen Ellyn is a suburb of Chicago and is located approximately 23 miles directly west of the city. The combined population of Wheaton and Glen Ellyn is approximately 84,000 while the county of DuPage currently has approximately 920,000 residents. The median household income within the Bank’s market area is above $78,000, which is higher than the area average. The economic base of both communities is comprised primarily of professionals and service related industry. There are no dominant employers in the area. However, the DuPage County offices as well as the College of DuPage, both of whom are nearby, are likely the largest. The local economy remains stable however, real estate values have been negatively impacted which is reflected in the local real estate market.

Regulatory Matters

As previously disclosed, on January 10, 2014, the Bank received notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Division of Banking of the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation (the “IDFPR”) that the Consent Order (the “Order”) issued to the Bank by the FDIC and IDFPR on January 21, 2011 was terminated effective January 10, 2014. The material terms and conditions of the Order were previously disclosed in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 26, 2011. In connection with the termination of the Order, the Bank agreed to achieve Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets and total capital at least equal to 12% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014 our Tier 1 and total capital ratios were 7.7% and 13.4%, respectively, compared to 7.7% and 12.9% at September 30, 2014, 7.2% and 12.5% at June 30, 2014, 7.0% and 12.0% at March 31, 2014 and 6.8% and 11.9% at December 31, 2013, respectively.

4

The Merger Agreement

On March 2, 2015, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Wintrust Financial Corporation (“Wintrust”), an Illinois corporation, and Wintrust Merger Sub LLC (“Merger Co.”), an Illinois limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Wintrust. The Merger Agreement provides for, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, the acquisition of the Company by Wintrust for aggregate consideration intended to total $42,375,000, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the Merger Agreement, as described further below. The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company will merge with and into Merger Co. (the “Merger”), with Merger Co. as the surviving corporation in the Merger. The Merger Agreement also provides that, following the approval of certain amendments to the Company’s articles of incorporation by the Company’s stockholders, each outstanding share of the Company’s Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and Series E preferred stock (collectively, the “Company Preferred Stock”) will automatically convert into shares of Company common stock immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), without any action on the part of the holder (the “Preferred Stock Conversion”). The Merger Agreement also contemplates that, prior to the closing date of the Merger, each option granted by the Company to purchase Company common stock that is outstanding and unexercised as of the date of the Merger Agreement will be terminated, cancelled and redeemed by the Company, and holders of such options will not be entitled to receive the merger consideration.

At the Effective Time, shares of Company common stock outstanding (including shares of Company Preferred Stock which will have been converted into Company common stock in connection with the Preferred Stock Conversion and excluding shares held by the Company and its subsidiary bank and dissenting shares) will be converted into the right to receive the merger consideration, which is intended to be paid approximately 50% in cash and approximately 50% in shares of Wintrust common stock. The total number of shares of Wintrust common stock to be issued to Company stockholders will be calculated by dividing $21,187,500 by the average, calculated for the ten trading day period ending on the second trading day preceding the closing date of the Merger, of the volume-weighted average price of Wintrust’s common stock for each trading day during such period (the “Wintrust Common Stock Price”); provided, however, that if the Wintrust Common Stock Price is less than $42.50, then the number of Wintrust common shares to be issued to Company stockholders will be 498,530, and if the Wintrust Common Stock Price is greater than $52.50, then the number of Wintrust common shares to be issued to Company stockholders shall be 403,572, subject in each case to adjustment as set forth in the Merger Agreement. If the Company fails to achieve a specified adjusted net worth, calculated as set forth in the Merger Agreement, as of the closing, then the aggregate consideration to be paid to Company stockholders shall be reduced dollar-for-dollar by an amount equal to the amount of such shortfall, as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

The completion of the Merger is subject to certain closing conditions, including, among others, (i) the receipt of required regulatory approvals and expiration of required regulatory waiting periods; (ii) receipt of requisite approvals by the Company’s stockholders of the Merger and other transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, including the Preferred Stock Conversion; (iii) the absence of dissenting stockholders representing greater than 5% of the shares of outstanding common stock of the Company (including shares of Company Preferred Stock which will have been converted into Company common stock in connection with the Preferred Stock Conversion); (iv) the absence of certain litigation or orders; and (v) the filing by the Company with appropriate tax authorities of certain amendments to the Company’s consolidated federal and state income tax returns.

The Merger Agreement provides certain termination rights for both Wintrust and the Company and further provides that a termination fee of either $900,000 or $1,750,000, plus documented out-of-pocket expenses and costs not to exceed $325,000, will be payable by the Company upon termination of the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances. The Merger Agreement also provides that a termination fee of $900,000, plus documented out-of-pocket expenses and costs not to exceed $325,000, will be payable by Wintrust upon termination of the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances.

5

Other Recent Developments

Financial Condition

Like many financial institutions across the United States, our operations have been impacted by recent economic conditions. During 2008 and 2009, the economic crisis that was initially confined to residential real estate and subprime lending evolved into a global economic crisis that negatively impacted not only liquidity and credit quality but also economic indicators such as the labor market, the capital markets and real estate values. As a result of this significant downturn, we have been adversely affected by declines in the residential and commercial real estate market in our market area.

Declining home prices, slowing economic conditions and increasing levels of delinquencies and foreclosures have negatively affected the credit performance of our residential real estate and commercial real estate loans, resulting in an increase in our level of nonperforming assets and loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest and charge-offs of problem loans. At the same time, competition among depository institutions in our markets for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly.

As a result of the deterioration in economic conditions and the local real estate market, the Company experienced net losses of $4.6 million, $11.0 million, $2.5 million, $2.8 million and net income of $5.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, and 2014 respectively. During this time, the book value of the Company’s common stock, on a fully converted basis, decreased from $14.26 per share at December 31, 2010 to $0.96 per share at December 31, 2014. The Company also experienced loan loss provisions totaling $8.3 million, $6.2 million and $1.5 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and experienced a loan loss provision of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  Total nonperforming assets have decreased from $23.3 million at December 31, 2010 to $4.6 million at December 31, 2014. 

December 2012 Private Placement Offering

As previously disclosed, in an effort to satisfy the increased capital requirements set forth in the Order, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), dated as of November 13, 2012, with certain accredited investors and members of the Company’s Board of Directors and executive management team pursuant to which, on December 21, 2012, the Company issued an aggregate of 4,315,300 shares of common stock at $1.00 per share, 133,411 shares of Series C convertible noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (the “Series C Preferred Stock”) at $100.00 per share, 56,708 shares of Series D convertible noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (the “Series D Preferred Stock”) at $100.00 per share and 6,728 shares of Series E convertible noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (the “Series E Preferred Stock”) at $100.00 per share in a private placement offering, for gross proceeds of $24.0 million. The 133,411 shares of Series C Preferred Stock, the 56,708 shares of Series D Preferred Stock and the 6,728 shares of Series E Preferred Stock are convertible into 13,341,100, 5,670,800 and 672,800 shares of Company common stock, respectively. The effective price per share paid by investors was $1.00 per common share after taking into account the anti-dilution provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

Closings. The Securities Purchase Agreement provided that the Company would conduct two closings in connection with the private placement offering. The first closing, which occurred on December 21, 2012, resulted in $24.0 million in gross proceeds, or $21.5 million in net proceeds after deducting offering expenses of $2.5 million. The Company used the net proceeds from the first closing to (i) redeem the Company’s $6.9 million of preferred stock previously issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program, (ii) repay the Company’s indebtedness to a third party lender, (iii) enhance the capital of the Bank, as required by the terms of the Order previously issued by the FDIC and IDFPR, and (iv) support the future operational growth of the Company

In accordance with the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, after the first closing, the Company commenced a rights offering pursuant to which existing holders of the Company’s common stock (not the investors participating in the first closing) were able to purchase up to an aggregate of 3,000,000 shares of Company common stock at a price of $1.00 per share. For more information on the rights offering, see “—Rights Offering” below.

6

Under the Securities Purchase Agreement, certain investors were permitted to purchase additional shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, as applicable, in a subsequent second closing to the extent their ownership interests in the Company were diluted by the issuance of shares in the rights offering. On July 17, 2013, the Company consummated the second closing, pursuant to which it issued to certain investors an aggregate of 1,192 shares of Series C Preferred Stock at $100.00 per share and 1,385 shares of Series D Preferred Stock at $100.00 per share for gross proceeds of $257,700. The 1,192 shares of Series C Preferred Stock and the 1,385 shares of Series D Preferred Stock that were issued in connection with the second closing are convertible into 119,200 and 138,500 shares of Company common stock, respectively. The second closing resulted in $257,700 in gross proceeds, or $226,850 in net proceeds after deducting offering expenses of $30,850. The Company used the net proceeds from the second closing to enhance the capital position of the Company.

Rights Offering. As previously disclosed, and in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Purchase Agreement, on March 28, 2013, the Company sold 483,121 shares of common stock at a price of $1.00 per share in a nontransferable rights offering for gross proceeds of $483,121, or $424,800 in net proceeds after deducting offering expenses of $58,300. The Company used the net proceeds from the rights offering to enhance the capital position of the Company. Including the second closing and rights offering, gross proceeds of the private placement offering totaled $24.7 million, or $22.1 million in net proceeds after deducting aggregate offering expenses of $2.6 million.

Board Representation. The Securities Purchase Agreement provided that the size of the Board of Directors of the Company may not exceed nine members and that, subject to any required regulatory approvals, the Company would (i) appoint Donald H. Wilson as the Chairman of the Company’s and the Bank’s Board of Directors and (ii) appoint three individuals approved by three different nominating investors as members of the Company’s and the Bank’s Board of Directors and to certain committees thereof. Each of the nominating investors has the right to be represented on the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank by one director of its choice for as long as it maintains at least a 2.5% ownership interest in the Company. Upon the receipt of all required regulatory approvals, Mr. Wilson was appointed as Chairman of the Board and Daniel Strauss, Christopher Hurst and Philip Timyan were appointed as directors of the Company and the Bank in accordance with the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement. In anticipation of these appointments, and pursuant to the restriction in the Securities Purchase Agreement that the size of the Board of Directors may not exceed nine members, Donald H. Fischer retired as Chairman of the Board of Directors in January 2013 and William F. Behrmann, H. David Clayton, Joseph S. Morrissey and Robert F. Haeger resigned from the Board of Directors in February 2013.

On December 4, 2013, the Bank and the Company entered into a entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release of All Claims with Scott W. Hamer, the former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Mr. Hamer agreed to resign as a director of the Company and the Bank effective December 4, 2013.

Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the December 2012 private placement were used to (i) redeem the Company’s $6.9 million of preferred stock previously issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program, (ii) repay the Company’s indebtedness to a third party lender, (iii) enhance the capital of the Bank, as required by the terms of the Order previously issued by FDIC and IDFPR, and (iv) support the future operational growth of the Company. On November 13, 2012, the Company entered into a securities purchase agreement with the U.S. Department of Treasury (the “TARP Securities Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which, subject to the completion of the December 2012 private placement offering and the receipt of Federal Reserve Board approval, the Company agreed to repurchase the shares of preferred stock it previously issued pursuant to the Department of Treasury under the TARP Capital Purchase Program for $3,293,550 plus an amount equal to 45% of the accrued and unpaid dividends on such preferred shares. The Company consummated the transactions contemplated by the TARP Securities Purchase Agreement on December 21, 2012.

Stockholder Approval. In order to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company was required to obtain stockholder approval of (i) a proposal to amend the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation to increase the authorized number of shares of the common stock of the Company to 75,000,000 shares from 5,000,000 shares and (ii) a proposal to amend the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation to specify that each outstanding share of Company common stock is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders so that each share of convertible voting preferred stock issued in the private placement could vote together with the shares of Company common stock on an as converted basis. Each of these proposals required the approval of the holders of a majority of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock. In order to reduce the expense associated with holding a special meeting of the Company’s stockholders, the Board of Directors elected to obtain stockholder approval of the amendments described above by written consent pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, rather than by calling a meeting of stockholders. Accordingly, on November 12, 2012, the Board of Directors voted to eliminate Article II, Section 13 of the Company’s Bylaws, which provided that any action taken by stockholders of the Company without a meeting required the written consent of all of the stockholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter. The amendment to the Bylaws was effected without stockholder approval, which was not required under Delaware law. On December 12, 2012, the Company received the requisite number of stockholder consents needed to approve both amendments to the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation.

7

Non-Dilution Rights. The Securities Purchase Agreement provides that, until December 21, 2013, the Company may generally not issue any additional shares of common stock or other securities convertible into shares of common stock without the consent of the investors or the approval of two-thirds of the Company’s Board of Directors. To the extent that the Company issues additional securities in accordance with this provision, investors have non-dilution rights under the Securities Purchase Agreement that will enable them, if they so choose, to purchase a number of shares of common stock (at the same price and on the same terms made available to purchasers of shares in the subsequent stock issuance) as would enable them to maintain the same economic ownership interest in the Company that they had immediately following the closing of the rights offering that was completed in March 2013.

Registration Rights Agreement. In connection with the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company and each of the investors in the private placement offering also entered into a Registration Rights Agreement. The Registration Rights Agreement required the Company to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission to register the resale of the shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock by investors participating in the private placement offering and also provides investors with demand and piggyback registration rights under certain circumstances.

Preferred Stock Conversion Blockers. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock is convertible immediately, at the sole discretion of the holder, initially into 100 shares of Company common stock, provided, however, that a holder may not convert shares of the Series C Preferred Stock to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder or its affiliates beneficially owning more than 9.9% or 4.9%, as applicable, of the Company’s outstanding common stock. If, pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the holder acquired either (i) solely shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or a combination of Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, in each case, that, together with Company voting securities acquired by its affiliates, constituted more than 4.9% of the Company’s voting securities, or (ii) shares of both Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, then the 9.9% conversion blocker will be applicable to such investor and its transferees. If, pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the holder acquired either (i) solely Series C Preferred Stock, or a combination of Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, in each case, that, together with Company voting securities acquired by its affiliates, constituted 4.9% or less of the Company’s voting securities, or (ii) both Series C Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, then the 4.9% conversion blocker will be applicable to such investor and its transferees. Accordingly, the number of shares of common stock and percentage common stock reflected in the following table includes those shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of Series C Preferred Stock on a one-for-one basis, provided, however, that no such conversion results in any person, together with its affiliates, holding more than a 9.9% or 4.9% voting ownership interest, respectively, in the Company.

8

September 2013 Private Placement Offering

On September 30, 2013, the Company consummated its previously announced second private placement offering, pursuant to which the Company issued 2,836,900 shares of common stock to accredited investors at a purchase price of $1.00 per share. In connection with the closing of the September 2013 private placement offering, the Company also issued an additional 350,200 shares of common stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share and 7,334 shares of Series D convertible noncumulative perpetual preferred stock at a purchase price of $100.00 per share to existing stockholders of the Company. The additional shares of common stock and preferred stock were issued to satisfy the exercise of non-dilution rights afforded to stockholders under the Securities Purchase Agreement. Including these anti-dilution shares, the Company raised aggregate proceeds of $3.9 million in connection with the completion of the private placement offering, which resulted in $3.4 million in net proceeds after deducting offering expenses of $472,000. The Company used the net proceeds from the September 2013 private placement offering to invest $500,000 in the Bank and to further enhance the capital position of the Company. The issuance of shares in the September 2013 private placement offering was approved by at least two-thirds of the Company’s Board of Directors as required under the Securities Purchase Agreement. After giving effect to the first and second closings of the December 2012 private placement offering, the March 2013 rights offering and the September 2013 private placement offering, the number of shares of outstanding Company common stock increased from 1,245,267 to 10,781,988 since the execution of the Securities Purchase Agreement on November 13, 2012.

Corporate Governance Matters

Change in State of Incorporation. On June 25, 2013 the Company changed its state of incorporation from Delaware to Maryland. The reincorporation, which was effected to eliminate the Company’s significant annual Delaware franchise tax expense, was approved by the stockholders of the Company at the annual meeting of stockholders held on June 13, 2013. The reincorporation was completed by means of a merger of Community Financial Shares, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CFIS-Delaware”), with and into Community Financial Shares, Inc., a Maryland corporation (“CFIS-Maryland”), a wholly owned subsidiary of CFIS-Delaware incorporated for the purpose of effecting the reincorporation, with CFIS-Maryland being the surviving corporation. As a result of the merger, holders of CFIS-Delaware’s capital securities are now holders of CFIS-Maryland’s capital securities, and their rights as holders thereof are governed by the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of CFIS-Maryland. For a description of the differences between the rights of holders of CFIS-Delaware’s and CFIS-Maryland’s capital securities, see “Comparison of Stockholder Rights” in the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 29, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference. The reincorporation did not result in any change in the business or principal facilities of CFIS-Delaware.

Appointment of New President and Chief Executive Officer. On August 15, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank appointed Donald H. Wilson as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank effective as of August 15, 2013.  As a result of the management restructuring, effective as of August 15, 2013, Scott W. Hamer, the former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank, was terminated as President and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Wilson has served as the Chairman of the Company’s and the Bank’s Board of Directors since April 2013 and continues to serve in this capacity following his appointment as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank.

Competition

Active competition exists in all principal areas where the Bank operates, not only with other commercial banks, finance companies and mortgage bankers, but also with savings and loan associations, credit unions, and other financial service companies serving the Company’s market area. The principal methods of competition between the Company and its competitors are price and service. Price competition, primarily in the form of interest rate competition, is a standard practice within the Company’s market place as well as the financial services industry. Service, expansive banking hours, and product quality are also significant factors in competing and allow for differentiation from competitors.

Deposits in the Bank are well balanced, with a large customer base and no dominant segment of accounts. The Bank’s loan portfolio is also characterized by a large customer base, including loans to commercial, not-for-profit and consumer customers, with no dominant relationships. There is no readily available source of information that delineates the market for financial services offered by non-bank competitors in the Company’s market.

9

The Bank’s exclusive focus on the local community has allowed the bank to position itself as a leading bank in its market area. The cities of Wheaton and Glen Ellyn have estimated combined populations of 84,000 and are located 23 miles west of Chicago in DuPage County. DuPage County with a population of 920,000 is home to four Fortune 500 companies.

Lending Activities

General. The Bank’s loan portfolio is comprised primarily of real-estate mortgage loans, which include loans secured by residential, multi-family and nonresidential properties. The Bank originates loans on real estate generally located in the Bank’s primary lending area in central DuPage County, Illinois. In addition to portfolio mortgages, the Bank routinely originates and sells residential mortgage loans and servicing rights for other investors in the secondary market. The Bank services all of its portfolio loans and the Bank has not purchased mortgage servicing rights.

Loans represent the principal source of revenue for the Company. Risk is controlled through loan portfolio diversification and the avoidance of credit concentrations. Loans are made primarily within the Company’s geographic market area. The loan portfolio is distributed among general business loans, commercial real estate, residential real estate, and consumer installment loans. The Company has no foreign loans, no highly leveraged transactions, and no syndicated purchase participations.

The Company’s loan portfolio by major category as of December 31 for each of the past five years is shown below.

	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
							(In thousands)
Real estate
Commercial	$	92,669		$	97,813		$	96,588		$	94,513		$	94,356
Construction		1,853			1,856			3,615			4,361			15,435
Residential		26,676			26,240			20,875			21,054			25,964
Home Equity		46,339			47,050			50,444			59,176			66,243
Total real estate		167,537			172,959			171,522			179,104			201,998
Commercial		16,048			21,379			24,388			26,203			25,572
Consumer		1,163			1,384			1,313			1,392			1,399
Total loans		184,748			195,722			197,223			206,699			228,969
Deferred loan costs, net		267			229			200			265			317
Allowance for loan losses		(2,442	)		(2,500	)		(3,032	)		(8,854	)		(7,679	)
Loans, net	$	182,573		$	193,451		$	194,391		$	198,110		$	221,607

10

Loan Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Changes in Interest Rates

The following table shows the amount of total loans outstanding as of December 31, 2014 which, based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal, are due in the periods indicated.

	Maturing
	Within One		After One But Within		After Five
	Year		Five Years		Years		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial	$	7,968	$	5,951	$	2,129	$	16,048
Real Estate		17,528		97,343		52,666		167,537
Consumer		167		996		-		1,163
Totals	$	25,663	$	104,290	$	54,795	$	184,748

Below is a schedule of loan amounts maturing or re-pricing, classified according to sensitivity to changes in interest rates, as of December 31, 2014.

	Interest Sensitivity
	Fixed Rate		Variable Rate		Total
	(Dollars in thousands)
Due within three months	$	3,606	$	1,871	$	5,477
Due after three months but within one year		9,065		11,121		20,186
Due after one but within five years		76,263		28,026		104,289
Due after five years		25,023		29,773		54,796
Total	$	113,957	$	70,791	$	184,748

Residential – One-to-Four Family. In 1999 the Bank established a dedicated secondary mortgage department to assist local residents in obtaining mortgages with reasonable terms, conditions, and rates. The Bank offers various fixed and adjustable rate one-to-four family residential loan products the majority of which are sold, along with servicing rights, to a variety of investors in the secondary market. Interest rates are essentially dictated by the Bank’s investors and origination fees on secondary mortgage loans are priced to provide a reasonable profit margin and are dictated to a degree by regional competition.

The Bank, for secondary market residential loans, generally makes one-to-four family residential mortgage loans in amounts not to exceed 80% of the appraised value or sale price, whichever is less, of the property securing the loan, or up to 95% if the amount in excess of 80% of the appraised value is secured by private mortgage insurance. Loans for amounts between 80% and 85% of appraised value or sale price may also be granted with an increased interest rate. The Bank usually receives a service release fee of approximately 2.0% on one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.

In addition to loans originated for the secondary market, the Bank has portfolio loans secured by one-to-four family residential real estate that totaled approximately $26.7 million, or 14.4% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, as of December 31, 2014.

Commercial Real Estate Lending. Loans secured by commercial real estate totaled approximately $92.7 million, or 50.2% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2014. Commercial real estate loans are generally originated in amounts up to 80% of the appraised value of the property. Such appraised value is generally determined by independent appraisers previously approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank.

The Bank’s commercial real estate loans are permanent portfolio loans secured by improved property such as office buildings, retail stores, warehouses, churches, and other non-residential buildings. Of the commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2014, most are secured by properties located within 10 miles of the Bank’s offices in Wheaton and Glen Ellyn and were made to local customers of the Bank. In addition, borrowers generally must personally guarantee loans secured by commercial real estate. Commercial real estate loans generally have a 10 to 25 year amortization period and are made at rates based upon competitive local market rates, specific loan risk, and structure usage and type. Such loans generally have a five-year maturity.

11

Commercial real estate loans are both adjustable and fixed, with fixed rates generally limited to no more than five years. Loans secured by commercial real estate properties are generally larger and involve a greater degree of risk than residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate properties are often dependent on successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to a greater extent to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. The Bank seeks to minimize these risks by lending to established customers and generally restricting such loans to its primary market area.

Construction Lending. The Bank is actively engaged in construction lending. Such activity is generally limited to individual new residential home construction, residential home additions, and new commercial buildings. Currently, the majority of the Bank’s new construction activity is in new commercial construction.

At December 31, 2014, the Bank had $1.9 million in construction loans outstanding, which represented 1.0% of the Bank’s loan portfolio at such date. The Bank presently charges both fixed and variable interest rates on construction and end loans. Loans, with proper credit, may be made for up to 80% of the anticipated value of the property upon completion. Funds are usually disbursed based upon percentage of completion generally verified by an on-site inspection by Bank personnel and generally through a local title company construction escrow account.

Consumer Lending. As a community-oriented lender, the Bank offers consumer loans for any worthwhile purpose. Although the Bank offers signature unsecured loans, consumer loans are generally secured by automobiles, boats, mobile homes, stocks, bonds, and other personal property. Consumer loans totaled $1.2 million, or 0.6% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2014. Consumer loans generally have higher yields than residential mortgage loans since they involve a higher credit risk and smaller volumes with which to cover basic costs.

Home Equity Lending. Home equity loans are generally made not to exceed 80% of the first and second combined mortgage loan to value. These loans generally made for ten-year terms and are generally revolving credit lines with minimum payment structures of interest only. The interest rate on these lines of credit adjusts at a rate based on the prime rate of interest. Additionally, the Bank offers amortizing fixed rate home equity loans for those who desire to limit interest rate risk. At December 31, 2014, the outstanding home equity loan balance was $46.3 million, or 25.1% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio.

Commercial Lending. The Bank actively engages in general commercial lending within its market area. These loans are primarily revolving working capital lines, inventory loans, and equipment loans. The commercial loans are generally based on serving the needs of small businesses in the Bank’s market area while limiting the Bank’s business risks to reasonable lending standards. Commercial loans are made with both fixed and adjustable rates and are generally secured by equipment, accounts receivable, inventory, and other assets of the business. Personal guarantees generally support these credit facilities. The Bank also provides commercial and standby letters of credit to assist small businesses in their financing of special purchasing or bonding needs. Standby letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2014 totaled $73,500. Commercial loans totaled approximately $16.0 million, or 8.7% of the Bank’s total loan portfolio, at December 31, 2014.

Loan Concentration

At December 31, 2014, the Company did not have any concentration of loans exceeding 10% of total loans which are otherwise not disclosed. Loan concentrations are considered to exist when there are amounts loaned to a multiple number of borrowers engaged in similar activities which would cause them to be similarly impacted by economic or other conditions.

12

Provision for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses is determined by management through a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. This evaluation takes various factors into consideration. The provision is based on management’s judgment of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance for loan losses at an adequate level for probable incurred credit losses. In determining the provision for loan losses, management considers the Company’s consistent loan growth and the amount of net charge-offs each year. Other factors, such as changes in the loan portfolio mix, delinquency trends, current economic conditions and trends, reviews of larger loans and known problem credits and the results of independent loan review and regulatory examinations are also considered by management in assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.

The allowance for loan losses is particularly subject to change as it is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs less recoveries. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower situations and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, and other environmental factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged-off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.

A loan is impaired when full payment under the loan terms is not expected. Commercial and commercial real estate loans are individually evaluated for impairment. If a loan is impaired, a portion of the allowance is allocated so that the loan is reported, net, at the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is expected solely from the collateral. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as consumer and residential real estate loans, may be collectively evaluated for impairment.

Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure such as other real estate are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs after acquisition are expensed.

The allowance for loan losses was $2.4 million, representing 1.3% of total loans, as of December 31, 2014, compared to an allowance of $2.5 million, or 1.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2013 and $3.0 million, or 1.5% of total loans, at December 31, 2012. The change in the allowance was the result of management’s quarterly analysis of the allowance for loan losses. The general portion of the allowance for loan losses totaled $2.4 million, or 1.31% of totals loans evaluated, as of December 31, 2014 compared to $2.4 million, or 1.25% of total loans evaluated for the prior year. Total nonperforming assets increased $1.2 million to $4.6 million at December 31, 2014 from $3.4 million at December 31, 2013 and total nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans totaled 1.32% at December 31, 2014 compared to 0.60% at December 31, 2013. Management believes that, based on information available at December 31, 2014, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses was adequate to cover probable incurred losses inherent in its loan portfolio at that time. However, no assurances can be given that the Bank’s level of allowance for loan losses will be sufficient to cover loan losses incurred by the Bank or that future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses will not be necessary if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the economic and other conditions used by management to determine the current level of the allowance. In addition, the FDIC and IDFPR, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Bank to make additional provisions for estimated loan losses based upon judgments different from those of management. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

13

The following table details the component changes in the Company’s allowance for loan losses for each of the past five years:

	Amount as of December 31, (Dollars in thousands)
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Net Total Loans at Year-end	$	184,748		$	193,451		$	194,391		$	198,110		$	221,607
Average daily balances for loans for the year		193,005			195,750			200,713			218,259			232,467
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period	$	2,500		$	3,032		$	8,854		$	7,679		$	4,812
Loan charge-offs during the period
Commercial		-			(267	)		(295	)		(109	)		(1,281	)
Commercial real estate		(28	)		(357	)		(3,611	)		(396	)		(3,647	)
Construction		-			-			(1,740	)		(2,812	)		-
Residential		-			(836	)		(1,067	)		(872	)		(141	)
Real Estate		-			-			-			-			-
Home equity line of credit		(64	)		(600	)		(638	)		(813	)		(428	)
Consumer		(3	)		(14	)		(12	)		(8	)		(15	)
Total Charge-offs		(95	)		(2,074	)		(7,363	)		(5,010	)		(5,512	)
Loan recoveries during the period
Commercial		75			-			18			2			22
Commercial real estate		5			86			16			-			-
Residential		30			23			33			-			-
Home equity line of credit		2			5			7			3			-
Consumer		-			1			-			9			17
Total recoveries		112			115			74			14			39
Net charge-offs		17			(1,959	)		(7,289	)		(4,996	)		(5,473	)
Provision charged to expense		(75	)		1,427			1,467			6,171			8,340
Allowance for loan losses at end of period	$	2,442		$	2,500		$	3,032		$	8,854		$	7,679
Ratio of net charge-offs during the		0.01	%		(1.00	%)		(3.63	%)		(2.29	%)		(2.35	%)
period to average loans outstanding
Allowance for loan losses to loans outstanding		1.32	%		1.28	%		1.54	%		4.28	%		3.35	%
at year-end

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

Presented below is an analysis of the composition of the allowance for loan losses and percent of loans in each category to total loans as of the dates indicated:

	At December 31,
	2014					2013					2012
	(Dollars in thousands)
	Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent
Balance at December 31:
Commercial (1)	$	353		8.7	%	$	483		10.9	%	$	674		12.4	%
Real estate mortgage (2)		1,206		51.2			1,380		50.9			1,386		50.8
Home equity line of credit		522		24.9			330		24.1			646		25.6
Residential		346		14.6			266		13.4			305		10.6
Consumer		15		0.6			41		0.7			21		0.6
Unallocated		-		-			-		-			-		-
Totals	$	2,442		100.0	%	$	2,500		100.0	%	$	3,032		100.0	%

(1) Category also includes lease financing, loans to financial institutions, tax-exempt loans, agricultural production financing and other loans to farmers and construction real estate loans.

(2) Category includes commercial and farmland.

One measurement used by management in assessing the risk inherent in the loan portfolio is the level of nonperforming loans. Nonperforming loans are comprised of non-accrual loans and other loans 90 days or more past due. Nonperforming loans and other assets were as follows at the dates indicated.

14

	At December 31, (Dollars in thousands)
	2014			2013			2012			2011			2010
Non-accrual loans	$	1,975		$	166		$	2,758		$	7,220		$	11,595
Non-accrual restructured loans		340			776			4,667			6,579			8,699
Other loans 90 days past due		133			230			342			-			-
Total nonperforming loans		2,448			1,172			7,767			13,799			20,294
Foreclosed assets		2,199			2,269			9,012			9,265			3,008
Total nonperforming assets	$	4,647		$	3,441		$	16,779		$	23,064		$	23,302
Accruing restructured loans	$	392		$	398		$	1,294		$	2,295		$	6,090
Nonperforming loans to
total loans		1.32	%		0.60	%		3.94	%		6.68	%		8.86	%
Allowance for loan losses
To nonperforming loans		99.8	%		213.3	%		38.9	%		64.16	%		37.84	%
Total nonperforming assets
To total stockholders’ equity		16.26	%		15.91	%		75.07	%		318.12	%		131.24	%
Total nonperforming assets
To total assets		1.35	%		1.01	%		4.72	%		7.01	%		6.71	%

At December 31, 2014, nonperforming assets consisted of $2.4 million of nonperforming loans and other real estate owned (“OREO”) of $2.2 million. The largest component of nonperforming loans was home equity loans, which represented $964,000, or 41.6%, of total nonperforming loans at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2014, commercial real estate loans totaled $823,000, or 35.6%, of total nonperforming loans. The ratio of the allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 99.8% as of December 31, 2014 as compared to 213.3% as of December 31, 2013.

The Bank would have recorded interest income of $84,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 had non-accrual loans and troubled debt restructurings been current in accordance with their original terms.

OREO decreased $70,000 to $2.2 million at December 31, 2014 from $2.3 million at December 31, 2013. At December 31, 2014, OREO consisted of 12 properties that were acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. Included in the total are nine single-family residential properties, two parcels of land and one commercial real estate property.

The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2014 totaled ($75,000), which represents a $1.5 million decrease from the provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease in the provision is the result of management’s quarterly analysis of the allowance for loan losses and a smaller loan portfolio. Levels of nonperforming loans are considered manageable at year end 2014. Total nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans totaled 1.32% at December 31, 2014 compared to 0.60% at December 31, 2013. Based on its analysis of the loan portfolio risks discussed above, including historical loss experience and levels of nonperforming loans, management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate at December 31, 2014 to cover any probable incurred losses.

Net charge-offs (recoveries) for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled ($17,000) and $2.0 million, respectively. The charge-offs during 2013 were primarily the result of recent recessionary economic conditions and the weakened economic environment’s impact upon smaller businesses within the Company’s primary market area. In 2005 management formed a credit quality committee that was charged with monitoring problem credits and directing their resolution. The committee has been successful in identifying existing problem credits and meets on a monthly basis to monitor troubled credits. The Company’s management believes that as of December 31, 2014 any past problems which resulted from weaknesses in processes have been identified and addressed.

15

Investment Securities

The Board of Directors sets the investment policy and procedures of the Bank. This policy generally provides that investment decisions will be made based on the safety of the investment, liquidity requirements of the Bank and, to a lesser extent, potential return on the investments. In pursuing these objectives, the Bank considers the ability of an investment to provide earnings consistent with factors of quality, maturity, marketability and risk diversification. The Bank does not participate in hedging programs or other activities involving the use of derivative financial instruments.

The Company’s securities portfolio can be divided into five categories, as shown below. The securities portfolio is managed to provide liquidity and earnings in various interest rate cycles. The carrying value of these securities at December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 is detailed below.

	2014		2013		2012
U.S. Government Agency Debt
Securities	$	7,738	$	11,059	$	21,430
U.S. Government Agency
Mortgage-backed Securities		66,139		60,065		22,975
States and Political Subdivisions		19,913		16,367		2,909
Agency Preferred Stock		15		35		37
SBA Securities		12,180		8,303		237
Total Investment Securities	$	105,985	$	95,829	$	47,588

The following table shows the weighted average yield for each security group by term to final maturity as of December 31, 2014.

Security Type	Less than 1 year		Yield			1 to 5 years		Yield			5 to 10 years		Yield			Over 10 years		Yield
U.S. Government Agency Debt Securities	$	-		-	%	$	-		-	%	$	1,939		2.48	%	$	5,799		2.88	%
U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-backed Securities		-		-	%		884		1.16	%		16,991		1.36	%		48,264		1.64	%
States and Political Subdivisions(1)		482		1.91	%		3,222		2.75	%		15,020		2.75	%		1,189		3.68	%
Agency Preferred Stock		-		-			-		-			-		-			15		0.00	%
SBA Securities		-		-	%		3,233		0.80	%		4,327		1.39	%		4,620		1.06	%
Total Investment Securities	$	482		1.91	%	$	7,339		1.74	%	$	38,277		1.96	%	$	59,887		1.76	%

¹Fully taxable equivalent

At December 31, 2014, the Company did not own any security of any one issuer where the aggregate carrying value of such securities exceeded 10% of the Company’s stockholders’ equity, except for certain debt securities of the U.S. Government agencies and corporations.

16

Deposits

The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and terms. The Bank’s deposit accounts consist of regular savings accounts, retail checking/NOW accounts, commercial checking accounts, money market accounts and certificate of deposit accounts. The Bank offers certificate of deposit accounts with balances in excess of $100,000 at preferential rates (jumbo certificates) and also offers Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”) and other qualified plan accounts.

At December 31, 2014, the Bank’s deposits totaled $305.4 million, or 97.1% of interest-bearing liabilities. This represents a decrease from December 31, 2013 when the Bank’s deposits totaled $315.7 million and represented 96.4% of interest-bearing liabilities. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the average balance of core deposits (savings, NOW, money market and non-interest bearing accounts) totaled $228.3 million, or 74.0% of total average deposits, compared to $228.2 million, or 71.0% of total average deposits, for the year ended December 31, 2013. Although the Bank has a significant portion of its deposits in core deposits, management monitors activity on the Bank’s core deposits and, based on historical experience and the Bank’s current pricing strategy, believes that the Bank will continue to retain a large portion of such accounts.

The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market rates, prevailing interest rates and local competition. The Bank’s deposits are obtained predominantly from the areas in which its facilities are located. The Bank relies primarily on customer service and long-standing relationships with customers to attract and retain these deposits; however, market interest rates and rates offered by competing financial institutions affect the Bank’s ability to attract and retain deposits. The Bank uses traditional means of advertising its deposit products and generally does not solicit deposits from outside its market area. While certificates of deposit in excess of $100,000 are accepted by the Bank, and may be subject to preferential rates, the Bank does not actively solicit such deposits as such deposits are more difficult to retain than core deposits.

The following table sets forth the distribution of the Bank’s deposit accounts for the periods indicated and the weighted average rates on each category presented.

	At December 31, 2014					At December 31, 2013
	(Dollars in thousands)
	Balance		Weighted Average Rate			Balance		Weighted Average Rate
Noninterest-bearing accounts	$	44,754		-	%	$	39,613		-	%
NOW accounts		71,492		0.18	%		72,545		0.20	%
Regular savings accounts		71,199		0.26	%		74,389		0.28	%
Money market accounts		43,666		0.29	%		42,443		0.35	%
Certificates of deposit		74,310		0.93	%		86,719		1.02	%
Total deposits	$	305,421		0.39	%	$	315,709		0.51	%

17

The following table shows the maturity schedule for the Company’s time deposits of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013.

	2014		2013
	(In thousands)
Three months or less	$	4,761	$	4,071
Three months through six months		3,770		4,438
Six months through twelve months		5,449		8,240
Over twelve months		11,661		15,872
	$	25,641	$	32,621

Personnel

As of December 31, 2014, the Company and its subsidiaries had a total of 71 full-time employees and 12 part-time employees. This compares to 77 full-time and 15 part-time employees as of December 31, 2013. None of these employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe our relationship with our employees is good.

REGULATION AND SUPERVISION

The Company and the Bank are subject to an extensive system of banking laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of the customers and depositors of the Bank rather than holders of the Company’s securities. These laws and regulations govern such areas as permissible activities, reserves, loans and investments, and rates of interest that can be charged on loans.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was enacted on July 21, 2010, restructured the regulation of depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act contains several provisions that will continue to have a direct impact on the operations of the Company and the Bank. The legislation contains changes to the laws governing, among other things, FDIC assessments, mortgage originations, holding company capital requirements and risk retention requirements for securitized loans. The Dodd-Frank Act also provided for the creation of a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board, to take over the implementation of federal consumer financial protection and fair lending laws from the depository institution regulators. However, institutions of $10 billion or fewer in assets, such as the Bank, continue to be examined for compliance with such laws and regulations by, and subject to the primary enforcement authority of, their prudential regulator rather than the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. Much of the legislation requires implementation through regulations and, accordingly, a complete assessment of its impact on the Company and the Bank are not yet possible since such regulations have not yet been issued. However, the enactment of the legislation is likely to increase regulatory burdens and costs for us and have a material impact on our operations.

Certain of the regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to the Company and the Bank are described below. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete explanation of such statutes and regulations and their effects on the Company and the Bank and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the actual statutes and regulations.

Regulation of the Company

The Company is regulated as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended by the 1999 financial modernization legislation known as the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “BHC Act”). As such, it is subject to the supervision and enforcement authority of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). In general, the BHC Act limits the business of bank holding companies to banking, managing or controlling banks, performing certain servicing activities for subsidiaries, and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined, by order of regulation in effect prior to the enactment of the BHC Act, to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto. As a result of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amendments to the BHC Act, a bank holding company that meets certain requirements and opts to become a “financial holding company” may engage in any activity, or acquire and retain the shares of any company engaged in any activity, that is either (1) financial in nature or incidental to such financial activity (as determined by the Federal Reserve Board in consultation with the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury) or (2) complementary to a financial activity and does not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally (as solely determined by the Federal Reserve Board). Activities that are financial in nature include securities underwriting and dealing, insurance underwriting and making merchant banking investments in commercial and financial companies.

18

Further, under the BHC Act, the Company is required to file annual reports and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require and is subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has jurisdiction to regulate virtually all aspects of the Company’s business. See “—The Regulation of the Bank” below for discussion of regulatory framework applicable the Bank.

The BHC Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board before merging with or consolidating into another bank holding company, acquiring substantially all the assets of any bank or acquiring directly or indirectly any ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank.

The BHC Act also prohibits a bank holding company, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company which is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of banking, managing and controlling banks, or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. As discussed above, the Company, however, may engage in certain businesses determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing and controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

Banking regulations restrict the amount of dividends that a bank may pay to its stockholders. Thus, the Company’s ability to pay dividends to its shareholders will be limited by statutory and regulatory restrictions. Illinois banking law restricts the payment of cash dividends by a state bank by providing, subject to certain exceptions, that dividends may be paid only out of net profits then on hand after deducting its losses and bad debts. Federal law generally prohibits a bank from making any capital distribution (including payment of a dividend) or paying any management fee to its parent company if the depository institution would thereafter be undercapitalized. The Federal Reserve Board has issued a policy statement regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies which provides that dividends should only be paid out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the bank holding company appears consistent with the organization’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve Board’s policies also provide that a bank holding company should serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks by standing ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to those banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and by maintaining the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks where necessary. These policies could also impact the Company’s ability to pay dividends

The FDIC may prevent an insured bank from paying dividends if the Bank is in default of payment of any assessment due to the FDIC. In addition, the FDIC may prohibit the payment of dividends by a bank, if such payment is determined, by reason of the financial conditions of the bank, to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice.

The Regulation of the Bank

The Bank is regulated by the FDIC, as its primary federal regulator. The Bank is subject to the provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and examination by the FDIC. As an Illinois state–chartered bank, the Bank is also subject to examination by IDFPR. The examinations by the various regulatory authorities are designed for the protection of bank depositors and the solvency of the FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund.

The federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to the Bank regulate, among other things, the scope of business, its investments, reserves against deposits, the nature and amount of and collateral for loans, and the location of banking offices and types of activities which may be performed at such offices. Both the IDFPR and the FDIC have enforcement authority over the Bank, including the authority to appoint a conservator or receiver under certain circumstances.

19

Subsidiaries of a bank holding company are subject to certain restrictions under the Federal Reserve Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act on loans and extensions of credit to the bank holding company or to its other subsidiaries, investments in the stock or other securities of the bank holding company or its other subsidiaries, or advances to any borrower collateralized by such stock or other securities.

The Bank’s deposits are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC. Due to the recent difficult economic conditions, deposit insurance per account owner has been raised to $250,000. That coverage was made permanent by the Dodd-Frank Act.

Under the FDIC’s previous risk-based assessment system, insured institutions were assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other factors. An institution’s assessment rate depended upon the category to which it is assigned, with less risky institutions paying lower assessments. On February 7, 2011, the FDIC approved a final rule that implemented changes to the deposit insurance assessment system mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act. The final rule, which became effective on April 1, 2011, revised the base on which deposit insurance assessments are charged from one that is based on domestic deposits to one that is based on average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. Under the final rule, insured depository institutions are required to report their average consolidated total assets on a daily basis, using the regulatory accounting methodology established for reporting total assets. For purposes of the final rule, tangible equity is defined as Tier 1 capital.

The FDIC imposed on all insured institutions a special emergency assessment of five basis points of total assets minus Tier 1 capital (as of June 30, 2009), capped at ten basis points of an institution’s deposit assessment base, in order to cover losses to the Deposit Insurance Fund. That special assessment was collected on September 30, 2009. In lieu of further special assessments, the FDIC required insured institutions to prepay estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 through the fourth quarter of 2012. The estimated assessments, which included an assumed annual assessment base increase of 5%, were recorded as a prepaid expense asset as of December 30, 2009. As of December 31, 2009, and each quarter thereafter, a charge to earnings is recorded for each regular assessment with an offsetting credit to the prepaid asset.

In addition to the assessment for deposit insurance, institutions are required to make payments on bonds issued in the late 1980s by the Financing Corporation to recapitalize a predecessor deposit insurance fund. That payment is established quarterly and during the calendar year ending December 31, 2013 averaged 1.05 basis points of assessable deposits.

The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC and the FDIC has recently exercised that discretion by establishing a long range fund ratio of 2%.

The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. A significant increase in insurance premiums would likely have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of the Bank. Management cannot predict what insurance assessment rates will be in the future.

Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or regulatory condition imposed in writing. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

Capital Requirements

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have established guidelines for risk-based capital of ba national home price peak in mid-2006, falling home prices and sharply reduced salesefine the components of capital, categorize assets into different risk classes, and include certain off-balance-sheet items in the calculation of capital requirements. Generally, Tier 1 capital consists of shareholders’ equity less intangible assets and unrealized gain or loss on securities available for sale, and Tier 2 capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus qualifying loan loss reserves. The agencies also apply leverage requirements which establish a required ratio of Tier 1 capital to total adjusted assets. As previously disclosed, on January 10, 2014, the Bank received notification from the FDIC and IDFPR that the Order issued to the Bank by the FDIC and IDFPR on January 21, 2011 was terminated effective January 10, 2014. The material terms and conditions of the Order were previously disclosed in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 26, 2011. In connection with the termination of the Order, the Bank agreed to achieve Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets and total capital at least equal to 12% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014 our Tier 1 and total capital ratios were 7.7% and 13.4%, respectively, compared to 7.7% and 12.9% at September 30, 2014, 7.2% and 12.5% at June 30, 2014, 7.0% and 12.0% at March 31, 2014 and 6.8% and 11.9% at December 31, 2013, respectively.

20

The FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized depository institutions. Under this system, federal banking regulators have established five capital categories, well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have also specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each of the categories. Each depository institution is placed within one of these categories and is subject to differential regulation corresponding to the capital category within which it falls.

Federal banking regulators are required to take specified mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is critically undercapitalized. An institution in any of the undercapitalized categories is required to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to its appropriate federal banking agency and such capital plan must be guaranteed by any parent holding company in an amount of the lesser of 5% of the institution’s assets or the amount of the capital deficiency. An undercapitalized institution is also generally prohibited from paying any dividends, increasing its average total assets, making acquisitions, establishing any branches or engaging in any new line of business, except under an accepted capital restoration plan or with FDIC approval.

Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank or a bank holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, and other restrictions on its business. In addition, such a bank would generally not receive regulatory approval of any application that requires the consideration of capital adequacy, such as a branch or merger application, unless the bank could demonstrate a reasonable plan to meet the capital requirement within a reasonable period of time.

The Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. In early July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board approved revisions to its capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action rules that implement the revised standards of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, commonly called Basel III, and address relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. “Basel III” refers to two consultative documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2009, the rules text released in December 2010, and loss absorbency rules issued in January 2011, which include significant changes to bank capital, leverage and liquidity requirements.

The rules include new risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective January 1, 2015, and revise the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company will be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The rules eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments, such as trust preferred securities, from Tier 1 capital. Instruments issued prior to May 19, 2010 will be grandfathered for companies with consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. The rules also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital requirements, which must consist entirely of common equity Tier 1 capital and would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement will be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase by that amount each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

21

Monetary Policy and Economic Conditions

The earnings of commercial banks and bank holding companies are affected not only by general economic conditions, but also by the policies of various governmental regulatory authorities. In particular, the Federal Reserve Board influences conditions in the money and capital markets, which affect interest rates and growth in bank credit and deposits. Federal Reserve Board monetary policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and this is expected to continue in the future. The general effect, if any, of such policies on future business and earnings of the Company and its Bank cannot be predicted.

Consumer Protection Laws

The Company’s business includes making a variety of types of loans to individuals. In making these loans, we are subject to State usury and regulatory laws and to various federal statutes, including the privacy of consumer information provisions of the Graham-Leach-Bliley Act and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Equal Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which prohibit discrimination, specify disclosures to be made to borrowers regarding credit and settlement costs, and regulate the mortgage servicing activities of the Company, including the maintenance and operation of escrow accounts and the transfer of mortgage loan servicing. In receiving deposits, the Company is subject to extensive regulation under state and federal law and regulations, including the Truth in Savings Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Electronic Funds Transfer Act, the USA Patriot Act of 2001, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. Violation of these laws could result in the imposition of significant damages and fines upon the Company and its directors and officers.

Federal Taxation

The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. To the extent a member incurs a net loss that is utilized to reduce the consolidated federal tax liability, that member will be reimbursed for the tax benefit utilized from the member incurring federal tax liabilities.

Amounts provided for income tax expense are based upon income reported for financial statement purposes and do not necessarily represent amounts currently payable to federal and state tax authorities. Deferred income taxes, which principally arise from the temporary difference related to the recognition of certain income and expense items for financial reporting purposes and the period in which they affect federal and state tax income, are included in the amounts provided for income taxes.

State Taxation

The Bank is required to file Illinois income tax returns and pay tax at an effective tax rate of 9.5% of Illinois taxable income. For these purposes, Illinois taxable income generally means federal taxable income subject to certain modifications the primary one of which is the exclusion of interest income on United States obligations.

As a Maryland holding company not earning income in Maryland, the Company is exempt from Maryland Corporate income tax but is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual franchise tax to the State of Maryland.

22

Item 1A. Risk Factors

An investment in the Company’s common stock involves a number of risks. We urge you to read all of the information contained in this annual report on Form 10-K. In addition, we urge you to consider carefully the following factors before you invest in shares of the registrant’s common stock. You should carefully consider the following risks in light of our current operating environment and regulatory status. The occurrence of any of the events described below could materially adversely affect our liquidity, results of operations and financial condition and our ability to continue as a going concern.

Risks relating to the Merger

We will be subject to business uncertainties while the Merger is pending, which could adversely affect our business.

Uncertainty about the effect of the Merger on employees and customers may have an adverse effect on us, and, consequently, the combined company. Although we intend to take steps to reduce any adverse effects, these uncertainties may impair our ability to attract, retain and motivate key personnel until the Merger is consummated and for a period of time thereafter, and could cause customers and others that deal with us to seek to change their existing business relationships with us. Our employee retention may be particularly challenging during the pendency of the Merger, as employees may experience uncertainty about their roles with the combined company following the Merger.

The Merger Agreement contains provisions that restrict our ability to pursue alternatives to the Merger and, in specified circumstances, could require us to pay a termination fee to Wintrust.

Under the Merger Agreement, we have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, neither we nor any of our representatives will, directly or indirectly: solicit, initiate or encourage, or knowingly facilitate, any inquiries or the making of any proposal or offer that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to lead to, any takeover proposal, enter into any agreement with respect to any takeover proposal or participate in any discussions or negotiations with, or furnish any information (whether orally or in writing) or access to our business, properties, assets, books or records of to, or otherwise cooperate with, knowingly assist, or participate in, facilitate or encourage any effort by, any person (or any representative of a person) that has made, is seeking to make, has informed us of any intention to make, or has publicly announced an intention to make, any proposal that constitutes, or could reasonably be expected to lead to, any takeover proposal.

Prior to receipt of the requisite stockholder proposals, we and our representatives may, if our board determines, in good faith, after consultation with outside counsel, that a failure to do so would be inconsistent with their directors’ duties under Maryland law, and subject to our compliance with the restrictions set forth above, in response to a bona fide, written takeover proposal received after the date of the Merger Agreement that the board determines, in good faith, after consultation with outside counsel and its financial advisors, constitutes or is reasonably capable of resulting in a superior takeover proposal, and so long as such written takeover proposal was not solicited by us and did not otherwise result from a breach or a deemed breach of the restrictions set forth above, (i) furnish information with respect to us to the person making such takeover proposal and its representatives pursuant to a confidentiality agreement not less restrictive of the other party than the confidentiality agreement between Wintrust and us and (ii) participate in discussions and negotiations (including solicitation of a revised takeover proposal) with such person and its representatives regarding such takeover proposal.

If we receive a superior proposal and as a result thereof our board determines in good faith and after consultation with outside counsel and its financial advisors that a failure to so act would be inconsistent with their directors’ duties under Maryland law, then before receipt of stockholder approval (and in no event after receipt of such approvals) the our board may make a recommendation change and/or, subject to our compliance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, including as set forth above, terminate the merger agreement in order to enter concurrently into a definitive agreement providing for the implementation of such superior proposal. Under such circumstances, we may be required to pay a termination fee equal to $1,750,000 to Wintrust. These provisions could discourage a third party that may have an interest in acquiring all or a significant part of us from considering or proposing such an acquisition, even if such third party were prepared to enter into a transaction that would be more favorable to us and our stockholders than the Merger and other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

23

Completion of the Merger is subject to certain conditions, and if these conditions are not satisfied or waived, the Merger will not be completed.

The obligations of Wintrust and us to complete the merger are subject to satisfaction or waiver (if permitted) of a number of conditions. The satisfaction of all of the required conditions could delay the completion of the Merger for a significant period of time or prevent it from occurring. Any delay in completing the Merger could cause the combined company not to realize some or all of the benefits that the combined company expects to achieve if the Merger is successfully completed within its expected timeframe. Further, there can be no assurance that the conditions to the closing of the Merger will be satisfied or waived or that the Merger will be completed.

Failure to complete the Merger could negatively impact our stock price and our future business and financial results.

If the Merger is not completed for any reason, including as a result of our stockholders failing to approve the Merger or other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, our ongoing business may be adversely affected and, without realizing any of the benefits of having completed the Merger, we would be subject to a number of risks, including the following:

• We may be required, under certain circumstances, to pay a termination fee to Wintrust;

• We are subject to certain restrictions on the conduct of our business prior to completing the Merger, which may adversely affect our abilities to execute certain of our business strategies;

• We may experience negative reactions from the financial markets, including negative impacts on our stock prices or from our customers, regulators and employees;

• We have incurred and will continue to incur certain costs and fees associated with the Merger and other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement;

• matters relating to the Merger (including integration planning) may require substantial commitments of time and resources by our management, which would otherwise have been devoted to day-to-day operations and other opportunities that may have been beneficial to us as an independent company.

In addition, we could be subject to litigation related to any failure to complete the Merger or related to any enforcement proceeding commenced against us to perform our obligations under the Merger Agreement. If the Merger is not completed, these risks may materialize and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, financial results and stock price.

Risks relating to the Company

A return to recessionary conditions could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which would lead to lower revenue, higher loan losses and lower earnings.

Following a national home price peak in mid-2006, falling home prices and sharply reduced sales volumes, along with the collapse of the United States’ subprime mortgage industry in early 2007, significantly contributed to a recession that officially lasted until June 2009, although the effects continued thereafter. Dramatic declines in real estate values and high levels of foreclosures resulted in significant asset write-downs by financial institutions, which have caused many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with other institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Concerns over the United States’ credit rating (which was recently downgraded by Standard & Poor’s), the European sovereign debt crisis, and continued high unemployment in the United States, among other economic indicators, have contributed to increased volatility in the capital markets and diminished expectations for the economy.

24

A return of recessionary conditions and/or continued negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Further declines in real estate values and sales volumes and continued high unemployment levels may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies, increases in our levels of nonperforming and classified assets and a decline in demand for our products and services. These negative events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, liquidity, and financial condition.

Our provision for loan losses has decreased during recent years however we may be required to make further additions to our allowance for loan losses and to charge-off additional loans in the future. Further, our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio.

Our allowance for loan losses was $2.4 million, representing 1.3% of total loans, as of December 31, 2014, compared to an allowance of $2.5 million, or 1.3% of total loans, as of December 31, 2013, $3.0 million, or 1.5% of total loans, at December 31, 2012 and $8.9 million, or 4.3% of total loans, at December 31, 2011. Our nonperforming assets have decreased to $4.6 million, or 1.4% of total assets, at December 31, 2014 from $23.3 million, or 6.7% of total assets, at December 31, 2010. If the economy and/or the real estate market remains unchanged or further weakens, we may be required to add further provisions to our allowance for loan losses as nonperforming assets could continue to increase or the value of the collateral securing loans may be insufficient to cover any remaining net loan balance, which could have a negative effect on our results of operations.

Like all financial institutions, we maintain an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in our portfolio that may not be repaid in their entirety. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio as of the corresponding balance sheet date. However, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual loan losses, and future provisions for loan losses could materially adversely affect our operating results. In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider such factors as changes in the types and amount of loans in the loan portfolio, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, personal guarantees, estimated losses relating to specifically identified loans, and current economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including, among others, exposure at default, amount and timing of expected future cash flows on affected loans, value of collateral, personal guarantees, estimated losses on specific loans, as well as consideration of general loss experience. All of these estimates may be susceptible to significant change. While management uses the best information available at the time to make loan loss allowance evaluations, adjustments to the allowance may be necessary based on changes in economic and other conditions or changes in accounting guidance. Our estimates of the risk of loss and the amount of loss on any loan are complicated by the significant uncertainties surrounding our borrowers’ abilities to successfully execute their business models through changing economic environments, the competitive challenges they face, and the effect of current and future economic conditions on collateral values and other factors. Because of the degree of uncertainty and susceptibility of these factors to change, our actual losses may vary materially from our current estimates.

The FDIC and IDFPR, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses by recognizing additional provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease our allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs. Any such additional provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

A continued deterioration in national and local economic conditions may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We currently are operating in a challenging and uncertain economic environment, both nationally and in the local markets that we serve. Financial institutions continue to be affected by sharp declines in financial and real estate values. Continued declines in real estate values and home sales, and an increase in the financial stress on borrowers stemming from an uncertain economic environment, including rising unemployment, could have an adverse effect on our borrowers or their customers, which could adversely impact the repayment of the loans we have made. The overall deterioration in economic conditions also could subject us to increased regulatory scrutiny. In addition, a prolonged recession, or further deterioration in local economic conditions, could result in an increase in loan delinquencies, an increase in problem assets and foreclosures and a decline in the value of the collateral for our loans. Furthermore, a prolonged recession or further deterioration in local economic conditions could drive the level of loan losses beyond the level we have provided for in our loan loss allowance, which could necessitate increasing our provision for loan losses, which would reduce our earnings. Additionally, the demand for our products and services could be reduced, which would adversely impact our liquidity and the level of revenues we generate.

25

The Company’s ability to utilize capital distributions from the Bank is subject to regulatory limits and other restrictions.

A source of the Company’s income from which we could service our debt and pay our obligations is the receipt of dividends from the Bank. In the event that the Bank is unable to pay dividends to us, we may not be able to service our debt or pay our obligations. The inability to receive dividends from the Bank may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

Our ability to fully utilize our net deferred tax assets in future periods could be impaired, which will negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, our management determined that realization of a portion of our net deferred tax assets was more likely than not to occur. As a result, we incurred a non-cash income tax expense of $7.1 million related to a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets in 2011. In 2014 management reversed a portion of the valuation allowance. If we are unable to continue to generate, or demonstrate that we can continue to generate, sufficient taxable income in the near future, then we may not be able to fully realize the benefits of our deferred tax assets and may be required to recognize an additional valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized.  In each future accounting period, our management will consider both positive and negative evidence when considering our ability to utilize our net deferred tax assets. Any subsequent reduction in the valuation allowance would lower the amount of income tax expense recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in future periods and would negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to maintain and manage our growth, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial conditions and the value of our common stock.

Our strategy has been to increase the size of our company by opening new offices and by pursuing business development opportunities. We have grown rapidly since we commenced operations. We can provide no assurance that we will continue to be successful in increasing the volume of loans and deposits at acceptable risk levels and upon acceptable terms while managing the costs and implementation risks associated with our growth strategy. There can be no assurance that our further expansion will be profitable or that we will continue to be able to sustain our historical rate of growth, either through internal growth or through successful expansion of our markets, or that we will be able to maintain capital sufficient to support our continued growth. If we grow too quickly, however, and are not able to control costs and maintain asset quality, rapid growth also could adversely affect our financial performance.

We are subject to credit risks in connection with the concentration of adjustable rate loans in our portfolio.

A majority of our loans held for investment are adjustable rate loans. Borrowers with adjustable rate mortgage loans are exposed to increased monthly payments when the related mortgage interest rate adjusts upward under the terms of the loan from the initial fixed rate or low introductory rate, as applicable, to the rate computed in accordance with the applicable index and margin. Any rise in prevailing market interest rates may result in increased payments for borrowers who have adjustable rate mortgage loans, increasing the possibility of default. Borrowers seeking to avoid these increased monthly payments by refinancing their mortgage loans may no longer be able to find available replacement loans at comparably low interest rates. In addition, a decline in housing prices may also leave borrowers with insufficient equity in their homes to permit them to refinance. Borrowers who intend to sell their homes on or before the expiration of the fixed rate periods on their mortgage loans may also find that they cannot sell their properties for an amount equal to or greater than the unpaid principal balance of their loans. These events, along or in combination, may contribute to higher delinquency rates and negatively impact earnings.

26

Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability and affect the value of our assets.

Short-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our deposits) have until recently risen from historically low levels, while longer-term market interest rates (which we use as a guide to price our longer-term loans) have not. This “flattening” of the market yield curve has had a negative impact on our interest rate spread and net interest margin. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 our net interest margin was 3.35% and 3.29%, respectively. If short-term interest rates rise, and if rates on our deposits re-price upwards faster than the rates on our long-term loans and investments, we would experience compression of our interest rate spread and net interest margin, which would have a negative effect on our profitability. During 2008, however, the U.S. Federal Reserve decreased its target for the federal funds rate to a range of zero to 0.25%. Decreases in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-related securities, as borrowers refinance to reduce their borrowing costs. Under these circumstances, we are subject to reinvestment risk as we may have to redeploy such loan or securities proceeds into lower-yielding assets, which might also negatively impact our income. For further discussion of how changes in interest rates could impact us, see “Interest Rate Risk” under Item 7A, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.”

Our emphasis on commercial and construction lending may expose us to increased lending risks.

At December 31, 2014, our loan portfolio included $92.7 million, or 50.2% of commercial real estate loans, $1.9 million, or 1.0% of construction loans, and $16.0 million, or 8.7% of commercial loans. We intend to continue to increase our emphasis on the origination of commercial type lending. However, this type of loan generally exposes a lender to greater risk of non-payment and loss than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because repayment of the loans often depends on the successful operation of the property, the income stream of the borrowers. Such loans typically involve larger loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers compared to one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Commercial loans expose us to additional risks since they typically are made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to make repayments from the cash flow of the borrower’s business and are secured by non-real estate collateral that may depreciate over time. In addition, since such loans generally entail greater risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, we may need to increase our allowance for loan losses in the future to account for the likely increase in probable incurred credit losses associated with the growth of such loans. Also, many of our commercial borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan.

Increased and/or special FDIC assessments will hurt our earnings.

The recent economic recession has caused a high level of bank failures, which has dramatically increased FDIC resolution costs and led to a significant reduction in the balance of the Deposit Insurance Fund. As a result, the FDIC has significantly increased the initial base assessment rates paid by financial institutions for deposit insurance. Increases in the base assessment rate have increased our deposit insurance costs and negatively impacted our earnings. In addition, in May 2009, the FDIC imposed a special assessment on all insured institutions. Our special assessment, which was reflected in earnings for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, was $536,000. In lieu of imposing an additional special assessment, the FDIC required all institutions to prepay their assessments for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012, which for us totaled $2.3 million. Additional increases in the base assessment rate or additional special assessments would negatively impact our earnings.

Regulatory reform may have a material impact on our operations.

On July 21, 2010, the President signed into law the Dodd-Frank Act. The Dodd-Frank Act restructures the regulation of depository institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act contains several provisions that will have a direct impact on the operations of the Company and the Bank. The legislation contains changes to the laws governing, among other things, FDIC assessments, mortgage originations, holding company capital requirements and risk retention requirements for securitized loans. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides for the creation of a new agency, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board, to take over the implementation of federal consumer financial protection and fair lending laws from the depository institution regulators. However, institutions of $10 billion or fewer in assets, such as the Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with such laws and regulations by, and subject to the primary enforcement authority of, the prudential regulator rather than the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The Dodd-Frank Act contains various other provisions designed to enhance the regulation of depository institutions and prevent the recurrence of a financial crisis such as occurred in 2008 and 2009. The full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business and operations will not be known for years until regulations implementing the statute are written and adopted. However, the Dodd-Frank Act may have a material impact on our operations, particularly through increased regulatory burden and compliance costs.

27

We need to generate liquidity to fund our lending activities.

We must have adequate cash or borrowing capacity to meet our customers’ needs for loans and demand for their deposits. We generate liquidity primarily through the origination of new deposits. We also have access to secured borrowings, Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings and various other lines of credit. The inability to increase deposits or to access other sources of funds would have a negative effect on our ability to meet customer needs, could slow loan growth and could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our profitability depends significantly on economic conditions in our market.

Our success depends to a large degree on the general economic conditions in our market areas. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the amount of loans that we make to our borrowers, the ability of our borrowers to repay these loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. A significant decline in general economic conditions caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other factors beyond our control would impact these local economic conditions and could negatively affect our financial condition and performance.

If we experience greater loan losses than anticipated, it will have an adverse effect on our net income.

While the risk of nonpayment of loans is inherent in banking, if we experience greater nonpayment levels than we anticipate, our earnings and overall financial condition, as well as the value of our common stock, could be adversely affected.

We cannot assure you that our monitoring procedures and policies will reduce certain lending risks or that our allowance for loan losses will be adequate to cover actual losses. In addition, as a result of the growth in our loan portfolio, loan losses may be greater than management’s estimates. Loan losses can cause insolvency and failure of a financial institution and, in such an event, our shareholders could lose their entire investment. In addition, future provisions for loan losses could materially and adversely affect our profitability. Any loan losses will reduce the loan loss allowance. A reduction in the loan loss allowance will be restored by an increase in our provision for loan losses. This would reduce our earnings which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.

If we lose key employees with significant business contacts in our market area, our business may suffer.

Our success is largely dependent on the personal contacts of our officers and employees in our market area. If we lose key employees temporarily or permanently, our business could be hurt. We could be particularly hurt if our key employees went to work for our competitors. Our future success depends on the continued contributions of our existing senior management personnel.

In order to be profitable, we must compete successfully with other financial institutions which have greater resources than we do.

The banking business in the Chicago metropolitan area, in general, is extremely competitive. Several of our competitors are larger and have greater resources than we do and have been in existence a longer period of time. We must overcome historical bank-customer relationships to attract customers away from our competition. We compete with the following types of institutions: other commercial banks, savings banks, thrifts, credit unions, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, mortgage brokers, insurance companies, mutual funds and trust companies. Some of our competitors are not regulated as extensively as we are and, therefore, may have greater flexibility in competing for business. Some of these competitors are subject to similar regulation but have the advantage of larger established customer bases, higher lending limits, extensive branch networks, numerous automated teller machines, greater advertising-marketing budgets or other factors.

28

Our legal lending limit is determined by law. The size of the loans which we offer to our customers may be less than the size of the loans than larger competitors are able to offer. This limit may affect to some degree our success in establishing relationships with the larger businesses in our market.

New or acquired branch facilities and other facilities may not be profitable.

We may not be able to correctly identify profitable locations for new branches and the costs to start up new branch facilities or to acquire existing branches, and the additional costs to operate these facilities, may increase our non-interest expense and decrease earnings in the short term. It may be difficult to adequately and profitably manage our growth through the establishment of these branches. In addition, we can provide no assurance that these branch sites will successfully attract enough deposits to offset the expenses of operating these branch sites. Any new branches will be subject to regulatory approval, and there can be no assurance that we will succeed in securing such approvals.

Government regulations may prevent or impair our ability to pay dividends, engage in additional acquisitions or operate in other ways.

Current and future legislation and the policies established by federal and state regulatory authorities will affect our operations. We are subject to supervision and periodic examination by the FDIC and the IDFPR. As a state chartered commercial bank, the Bank is also subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC and the IDFPR.Banking regulations are designed primarily for the protection of depositors rather than stockholders, and they may limit our growth and the return to you as an investor by restricting its activities, such as: the payment of dividends to stockholders; possible transactions with or acquisitions by other institutions; desired investments; loans and interest rates; interest rates paid on deposits; the possible expansion of branch offices; and the ability to provide securities or trust services.

We are registered with the Federal Reserve Board as a bank holding company. We cannot predict what changes, if any, will be made to existing federal and state legislation and regulations or the effect that such changes may have on our business. The cost of compliance with regulatory requirements may adversely affect our ability to operate profitably.

Our stock trading volume has been low compared to larger bank holding companies. Accordingly, the value of your common stock may be subject to sudden decreases due to the volatility of the price of our common stock.

Although our common stock trades on the OTC Pink Marketplace, it is not traded as regularly as the common stock of larger bank holding companies listed on other stock exchanges, such as the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or the American Stock Exchange. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to a more active trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might become. A public trading market having the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time, which presence is dependent upon the individual decisions of investors, over which we have no control.

The market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including, but not limited to, the factors discussed in other risk factors and the following:

· actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;

· changes in interest rates;

· changes in the legal or regulatory environment in which we operate;

29

· press releases, announcements or publicity relating to us or our competitors or relating to trends in our industry;

· changes in expectations as to our future financial performance, including financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts and investors;

· future sales of our common stock;

· changes in economic conditions in our marketplace, general conditions in the U.S. economy, financial markets or the banking industry; and

· other developments affecting our competitors or us.

These factors may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, the stock markets, from time to time, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our trading performance.

A significant percentage of the Company’s voting securities were sold to investors in the Company’s December 2012 private placement offering and September 2013 private placement offering, and these investors may therefore have the ability to significantly impact certain corporate actions that other stockholders of the Company may not agree with.

A significant percentage of the Company’s voting securities were sold to investors in the Company’s December 2012 private placement offering and September 2013 private placement offering. Our six largest investors each beneficially own more than 5.0% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities and collectively beneficially own approximately 53.3% of the Company’s outstanding voting securities as a result of their participation in the Company’s December 2012 and/or September 2013 private placement offerings. Because the collective voting interests acquired by these investors represent a substantial percentage of the Company’s outstanding voting securities, these investors have the ability to significantly impact the outcome of proposals presented for a vote of the Company’s stockholders, such as the election of directors, particularly in the event that they vote their shares in a similar manner.

Three of the investors that participated in our December 2012 private placement offering were each entitled to appoint a member of our Board of Directors. Additionally, in connection with the December 2012 private placement offering, the Company agreed to appoint Donald H. Wilson, who was also an investor in the offering, to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors following the December 2012 private placement offering. These appointees represent four of the Company’s eight directors and may therefore be able to exert significant influence over the Board of Directors.

On December 21, 2012, the Company consummated a $24.0 private placement offering pursuant to the terms of a Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012, by and between the Company and more than 60 accredited investors. In accordance with the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, three of the investors that participated in our December 2012 private placement offering were entitled to each appoint a member of our Board of Directors. Furthermore, pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, each of these three investors will have the right to be represented on the Company’s Board of Directors by one director of its choice for as long as it maintains at least a 2.5% ownership interest in the Company. In addition, under the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Company agreed to appoint Donald H. Wilson, who was also an investor in the offering, to serve as Chairman of the Board of Directors following the December 2012 private placement offering. However, unlike the other three investors that have appointed Board representatives, Mr. Wilson does not have the right to continue to serve on the Board for so long as he maintains a minimum ownership interest in the Company. The individuals appointed to serve on the Board of Directors pursuant to the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement currently comprise four of the eight members of our Board of Directors. Although these four individuals constitute less than a majority of the Company’s Board of Directors, the representation of these investors on the Board of Directors may increase their ability to influence the Board to take certain corporate actions that other stockholders of the Company may not agree with.

30

Our ability to pay dividends on shares of our common stock is limited by the terms of our outstanding shares of preferred stock and our desire to continue to preserve capital.

Historically, it has been a policy of the Company to pay only small to moderate dividends so as to retain earnings to support growth. However, on October 15, 2008 the Board of Directors voted to suspend the payment of cash dividends on the Company’s common stock in an effort to conserve capital. The holders of our outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred stock are entitled to participate in all common stock dividends on an as converted basis, and we may not pay dividends on our common stock unless an identical dividend is payable at the same time on the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock. At March 2, 2015, we had 119,829, 65,427 and 5,990 outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred stock, respectively each of which is convertible into 100 shares of common stock. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends or other distributions prior to the Effective Time without prior written consent of Wintrust.

The market price of our common stock may decline due to the large number of shares that have been registered for resale by certain investors that participated in our December 2012 and September 2013 private placement offerings.

In connection with the private placement offerings that we completed in December 2012 and September 2013, we have registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission an aggregate of 21,306,800 shares of common stock that have been issued to investors, or are issuable to investors upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred stock purchased in the private placement offerings. Prior to the consummation of the December 2012 private placement offering, we had a total of 1,245,267 shares of common stock registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Although our common stock trades on the OTC Pink Marketplace, it is not traded as regularly as the common stock of larger bank holding companies listed on other stock exchanges, such as the New York Stock Exchange, the Nasdaq Stock Market or the American Stock Exchange. Accordingly, the value of your common stock may be subject to decreases due to additional volatility of the price of our common stock caused by an investor or multiple investors seeking to sell a significant number of shares in the open market.

The issuance of additional shares of common stock or other equity securities will further dilute the ownership interests of existing stockholders.

Our Articles of Incorporation authorize our Board of Directors to issue up to 75,000,000 shares of common stock. At March 2, 2015, we had 10,781,988 shares of common stock outstanding and have reserved approximately an additional 22,025,000 shares for issuance upon the conversion of shares of our outstanding preferred stock or to fund future equity awards. Accordingly, our Board of Directors is currently authorized to issue approximately an additional 52,975,000 shares of common stock. In order to maintain our capital at desired levels or required regulatory levels, or to fund future growth, our Board of Directors may decide from time to time to issue additional shares of common stock, or securities convertible into, exchangeable for or representing rights to acquire shares of our common stock. The sale of these securities may significantly dilute our shareholders’ ownership interest as a shareholder and the market price of our common stock. New investors of other equity securities issued by us in the future may also have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our current shareholders which may adversely impact our current shareholders.

We may become liable for liquidated damages to certain shareholders if we fail to register the resale of their shares, or maintain the effectiveness of the registration statement filed by us, with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Pursuant to the terms of a Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012, we are required to file and maintain the effectiveness of a resale registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to the aggregate amount of shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock (subject to certain limitations set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement). A resale registration statement must be filed within 30 days after each closing of the Investment and must be declared effective (i) within 90 days of each closing of the Investment in the event the Securities and Exchange Commission does not review the registration statement or (ii) within 120 days of each closing of the Investment in the event the Securities and Exchange Commission reviews the registration statement. Failure to meet these deadlines, as well as certain other events, may result in our being obligated to pay holders of registrable securities liquidated damages on each event date and each monthly anniversary of such event until the applicable event is cured. The liquidated damages would equal 1.5% of the aggregate purchase price paid by the holder pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement for any registrable securities held by such holder on the event date.

31

We are dependent on our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party service providers; systems failures, interruptions and security breaches could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our business is dependent on the successful and uninterrupted functioning of our information technology and telecommunications systems and third-party service providers. The failure of these systems, or the termination of a third-party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our operations. Because our information technology and telecommunications systems interface with and depend on third-party systems, we could experience service denials if demand for such services exceeds capacity or such third-party systems fail or experience interruptions. If significant, sustained or repeated, a system failure or service denial could compromise our ability to operate effectively, damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, and/or subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our third-party service providers may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses, phishing schemes and other security breaches. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of such security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by such security breaches or viruses. To the extent that the activities of our third-party service providers or the activities of our customers involve the storage and transmission of confidential information, security breaches and viruses could expose us to claims, regulatory scrutiny, litigation and other possible liabilities.

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including our proprietary business information and that of our customers, suppliers and business partners; and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations and business strategy. We, our customers, and other financial institutions with which we interact, are subject to ongoing, continuous attempts to penetrate key systems by individual hackers, organized criminals, and in some cases, state-sponsored organizations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such unauthorized access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, liability under laws that protect the privacy of personal information, and regulatory penalties; disrupt our operations and the services we provide to customers; damage our reputation; and cause a loss of confidence in our products and services, all of which could adversely affect our business, revenues and competitive position. We may be required to spend significant capital and other resources to protect against the threat of security breaches and computer viruses, or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches or viruses.

To remain competitive, we must keep pace with technological change.

Financial products and services have become increasingly technology-driven. Our ability to meet the needs of our customers competitively, and in a cost-efficient manner, is dependent on the ability to keep pace with technological advances and to invest in new technology as it becomes available. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technology than we do and may be better equipped to market new technology-driven products and services. The ability to keep pace with technological change is important, and the failure to do so could have a material adverse impact on our business and therefore on our financial condition and results of operations.

32

We rely on technology to conduct many transactions with our customers and are therefore subject to risks associated with systems failures, interruptions or breaches of security.

Communications and information systems are essential to the conduct of our business, as we use such systems to manage our customer relationships, our general ledger, our deposits, and our loans. While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of systems failures, interruptions, and security breaches, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they do. In addition, any compromise of our security systems could deter customers from using our website and our online banking services, both of which involve the transmission of confidential information. Although we rely on commonly used security and processing systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect the secure transmission of data, these precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of security.

In addition, we outsource certain of our data processing to certain third-party providers. If our third-party providers encounter difficulties, or if we have difficulty in communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for customer transactions could be affected, and our business operations could be adversely impacted. Threats to information security also exist in the processing of customer information through various other vendors and their personnel.

The occurrence of any systems failure, interruption, or breach of security could damage our reputation and result in a loss of customers and business, could subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 2. Properties

The following table sets forth information related to the offices from which the Company conducts its business at December 31, 2014. These properties are suitable and adequate for the Company’s business needs.

Entity	Description	Address	City/State	Approximate Square Feet		Owned/ Leased
Community Bank- Wheaton/Glen Ellyn	Main office	357 Roosevelt Road	Glen Ellyn, IL		10,000	Owned
Community Bank- Wheaton/Glen Ellyn	Wheaton office	100 N. Wheaton Ave.	Wheaton, IL		12,500	Owned
Community Bank- Wheaton/Glen Ellyn	County Farm office	370 S. County Farm Rd.	Wheaton, IL		7,000	Owned
Community Bank- Wheaton/Glen Ellyn	North Wheaton office	1901 Gary Ave.	Wheaton, IL		4,700	Owned

33

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Neither the Company nor the Bank is a party to, and none of their property is subject to, any material legal proceedings at this time.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

34

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

As of March 2, 2015, the Company’s common stock was held by approximately 433 shareholders of record and the Company’s preferred stock was held by approximately 35 shareholders of record. The Company’s stock is quoted on the OTCQB under the symbol “CFIS”. The following table sets forth quarterly high and low sales information reported on the OTCQB for the Company’s common stock for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. These quotes reflect inter-dealer prices without mark-ups, mark-downs or commissions and may not necessarily reflect actual transactions. As of March 2, 2015, there were 10,781,988 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

Common Stock Price and Dividend History

					Dividend
	High		Low		(per share)
2014
First Quarter	$	1.20	$	0.91	$	0.00
Second Quarter		1.15		0.90		0.00
Third Quarter		1.14		1.00		0.00
Fourth Quarter		1.00		0.85		0.00
2013
First Quarter	$	1.45	$	1.07	$	0.00
Second Quarter		1.30		1.20		0.00
Third Quarter		1.30		0.81		0.00
Fourth Quarter		1.10		0.82		0.00

Historically, it has been a policy of the Company to pay only small to moderate dividends so as to retain earnings to support growth. However, on October 15, 2008 the board of directors voted to suspend the payment of the quarterly cash dividend on the Company’s common stock in an effort to conserve capital. As a result there were no dividends paid on the common stock of the Company in 2014 or 2013.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Not Applicable.

35

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

(All table dollar amounts in Item 7 are in thousands, except share data)

The following presents management’s discussion and analysis of the results of operations and financial condition of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (the “Company”) as of the dates and for the periods indicated. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto and other financial data appearing elsewhere in this document.

The statements contained in this management’s discussion and analysis that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements subject to the safe harbor created by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements, which are based on certain assumptions and describe future plans, strategies, and expectations of the Company, are generally identifiable by use of the words “believe,” “expect,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “project,” or similar expressions. The Company’s ability to predict results or the actual effect of future plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Factors which could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of the Company and its subsidiary bank include, but are not limited to, changes in: interest rates; general economic conditions; legislation; regulations; monetary and fiscal policies of the U.S. Government including policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Federal Reserve Board; the quality or composition of the loan or securities portfolios; demand for loan products; deposit flows; competition; demand for financial services in the Company’s market area; and accounting principles, policies, and guidelines. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements.

Because of these and other uncertainties, the Company’s actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. In addition, the Company’s past results of operations do not necessarily indicate its future results. The Company does not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date such forward-looking statement is made.

Critical Accounting Policies

Generally accepted accounting principles require management to apply significant judgment to certain accounting, reporting and disclosure matters. Management must use assumptions and estimates to apply those principles where actual measurement is not possible or practical. For a complete discussion of the Company’s significant accounting policies, see the notes to the consolidated financial statements and discussion throughout this Annual Report. Below is a discussion of the Company’s critical accounting policies. These policies are critical because they are highly dependent upon subjective or complex judgments, assumptions and estimates. Changes in such estimates may have a significant impact on the Company’s financial statements. Management has reviewed the application of these policies with the Company’s Audit Committee.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable losses inherent in the Company’s loan portfolio. In determining the appropriate amount of the allowance for loan losses, management makes numerous assumptions, estimates and assessments.

The Company’s strategy for credit risk management includes conservative credit policies and underwriting criteria for all loans, as well as an overall credit limit for each customer significantly below legal lending limits. The strategy also emphasizes diversification on a geographic, industry and customer level, regular credit quality reviews and management reviews of large credit exposures and loans experiencing deterioration of credit quality.

Larger commercial loans that exhibit probable or observed credit weaknesses are subject to individual review. Where appropriate, reserves are allocated to individual loans based on management’s estimate of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan given the availability of collateral, other sources of cash flow and legal options available to the Company. Included in the review of individual loans are those that are impaired as provided in ASC 310-40, Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan. Any allowances for impaired loans are measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or fair value of the underlying collateral. The Company evaluates the collectibility of both principal and interest when assessing the need for a loss accrual. Historical loss rates are applied to other commercial loans not subject to specific reserve allocations.

36

Homogenous loans, such as consumer installment and residential mortgage loans are not individually risk graded. Rather, credit scoring systems are used to assess credit risks. Reserves are established for each pool of loans using loss rates based on a five year average net charge-off history by loan category.

Historical loss rates for commercial and consumer loans may be adjusted for significant factors that, in management’s judgment, reflect the impact of any current conditions on loss recognition. Factors which management considers in the analysis include the effects of the national and local economies, trends in the nature and volume of loans (delinquencies, charge-offs and nonaccrual loans,) changes in mix, asset quality trends, risk management and loan administration, changes in the internal lending policies and credit standards, collection practices and examination results from bank regulatory agencies and the Company’s internal loan review. An unallocated reserve, primarily based on the factors noted above, is maintained to recognize the imprecision in estimating and measuring loss when evaluating reserves for individual loans or pools of loans. Allowances on individual loans and historical loss rates are reviewed quarterly and adjusted as necessary based on changing borrower and/or collateral conditions and actual collection and charge-off experience.

The Company’s primary market area for lending is the county of DuPage in northeastern Illinois. When evaluating the adequacy of the allowance, consideration is given to this regional geographic concentration and the closely associated effect changing economic conditions have on the Company’s customers.

The Company has not substantively changed any aspect of its overall approach in the determination of the allowance for loan losses. There have been no material changes in assumptions or estimation techniques as compared to prior periods that impacted the determination of the current period allowance.

Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Deferred Taxes. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income to cover net operating losses generated by the reversal of temporary differences. A partial or total valuation allowance is provided by way of a charge to income tax expense if it is determined that it is more likely than not that some of or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Under generally accepted accounting principles, income tax benefits and the related tax assets are only allowed to be recognized if they will more likely than not be fully utilized. In each future accounting period, the Company’s management will consider both positive and negative evidence when considering the ability of the Company to utilize its net deferred tax asset. Any subsequent reduction in the valuation allowance would lower the amount of income tax expense recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in future periods.

Valuation of Securities. The Company’s available-for-sale security portfolio is reported at fair value. The fair value of a security is determined based on quoted market prices. If quoted market prices are not available, fair value is determined based on quoted prices of similar instruments. Available-for-sale securities are reviewed quarterly for possible other-than-temporary impairment. The review includes an analysis of the facts and circumstances of each individual investment such as the length of time the fair value has been below cost, the expectation for that security’s performance, the credit worthiness of the issuer and the Company’s ability to hold the security to maturity. A decline in value that is considered to be other-than-temporary is recorded as a loss within other operating income in the consolidated statement of income.

Accounting Matters

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08- Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity – In April 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-08. This update seeks to better define the groups of assets which qualify for discontinued operations, in order to ease the burden and cost for prepares and stakeholders. This issue changed “the criteria for reporting discontinued operations” and related reporting requirements, including the provision for disclosures about the “disposal of and individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation.”

The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted only for disposals or classifications as held for sale. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

37

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09- Revenue from Contracts with Customers – In May 2014, FASB, in joint cooperation with IASB, issued ASU 2014-09. The topic of Revenue Recognition had become broad, with several other regulatory agencies issuing standards which lacked cohesion. The new guidance establishes a “common framework” and “reduces the number of requirements to which an entity must consider in recognizing revenue” and yet provides improved disclosures to assist stakeholders reviewing financial statements.

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company will adopt the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and does not anticipate that the ASU will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-11- Transfers and Servicing – In June 2014, FASB, issued ASU 2014-11. This update addresses the concerns of stakeholders’ by changing the accounting practices surrounding repurchase agreements. The new guidance changes the “accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and linked repurchase financings to secured borrowing accounting, which is consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements.”

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12- Compensation – Stock Compensation – In June 2014, FASB, issued ASU 2014-12. This update defines the accounting treatment for share-based payments and “resolves the diverse accounting treatment of those awards in practice.” The new requirement mandates that “a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition.” Compensation cost will now be recognized in the period in which it becomes likely that the performance target will be met.

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

The Merger Agreement

As discussed in “Part I—Item 1. Business—Merger Agreement,” on March 2, 2015, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Wintrust Financial Corporation (“Wintrust”), an Illinois corporation, and Wintrust Merger Sub LLC (“Merger Co.”), an Illinois limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Wintrust. The Merger Agreement provides for, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, the acquisition of the Company by Wintrust for aggregate consideration intended to total $42,375,000, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

The completion of the Merger is subject to certain closing conditions, including, among others, (i) the receipt of required regulatory approvals and expiration of required regulatory waiting periods; (ii) receipt of requisite approvals by the Company’s stockholders of the Merger and other transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, including the Preferred Stock Conversion; (iii) the absence of dissenting stockholders representing greater than 5% of the shares of outstanding common stock of the Company (including shares of Company Preferred Stock which will have been converted into Company common stock in connection with the Preferred Stock Conversion); (iv) the absence of certain litigation or orders; and (v) the filing by the Company with appropriate tax authorities of certain amendments to the Company’s consolidated federal and state income tax returns.

38

Analysis of Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends on the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.

Average Balance Sheet. The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s average balance sheets and reflects the yield on average earning assets and cost of average interest-bearing liabilities for the years indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing interest income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities. The average balance sheet amounts for loans include balances for non-accrual loans. The yields and costs include fees that are considered adjustments to yields.

	2014							2013							2012
(Dollars in thousands)	Average Balance		Interest		Rate			Average Balance		Interest		Rate			Average Balance		Interest		Rate
Interest-earning assets:
Taxable securities	$	83,798	$	1,387		1.66	%	$	71,244	$	1,151		1.62	%	$	40,222	$	935		2.32	%
Tax-exempt securities (1)		16,675		567		3.40	%		10,054		427		4.25	%		7,863		535		6.80	%
Loans (2)		193,005		9,933		5.15	%		198,640		10,629		5.35	%		200,713		10,958		5.46	%
Interest-bearing deposits,
FHLB stock and other		17,167		47		0.28	%		39,807		110		0.29	%		50,416		151		0.30	%
Total interest-earning assets		310,645		11,934		3.84	%		319,745		12,317		3.85	%		299,214		12,579		4.20	%
Total non-interest-earning assets		23,291							24,469							32,760
Total assets	$	333,936						$	344,214						$	331,974
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Deposits
NOW	$	70,285		127		0.18	%	$	73,678		150		0.20	%	$	74,543		243		0.33	%
Savings		73,113		191		0.26	%		70,395		198		0.28	%		60,233		215		0.36	%
Money market		44,343		130		0.29	%		44,401		156		0.35	%		43,744		248		0.57	%
Time		80,656		747		0.93	%		93,208		947		1.02	%		93,992		1,048		1.12	%
FHLB advances and other		3,965		83		2.09	%		5,772		118		2.05	%		13,553		306		2.26	%
Subordinated debentures		3,609		70		1.93	%		3,609		69		1.92	%		3,609		77		2.11	%
Total interest-bearing
Liabilities		275,971		1,348		0.49	%		291,063		1,638		0.56	%		289,674		2,137		0.74	%
Non-interest-bearing liabilities:		33,722							32,485							33,377
Stockholders’ equity		24,243							20,666							8,923
Total liabilities and
stockholders’ equity	$	333,936						$	344,214						$	331,974
Net interest income/ Interest rate spread (3)			$	10,586		3.35	%			$	10,679		3.29	%			$	10,442		3.46	%
Less:  Taxable equivalent adjustment				192							145							184
Net interest income reported			$	10,394						$	10,534						$	10,258
Net interest margin (4)						3.35	%						3.29	%						3.43	%
Tax equivalent effect						0.06	%						0.05	%						0.06	%
Net interest margin (FTE)						3.41	%						3.34	%						3.49	%

(1) Tax-exempt investment income is presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis assuming a 35% tax rate.

(2) Includes fees that are considered adjustments to yield.

(3) Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest earning assets and average cost of interest bearing liabilities and is presented on a fully tax equivalent basis.

(4) Net interest margin presents net interest income as a percentage of average interest earning assets.

39

Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table allocates changes in interest income and interest expense in 2014 compared to 2013 and in 2013 compared to 2012 between amounts attributable to changes in rate and changes in volume for the various categories of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The changes in interest income and interest expense due to both volume and rate have been allocated proportionally.

	2014 Compared to 2013									2013 Compared to 2012
	Change			Change						Change			Change
	Due to			Due to			Total			Due to			Due to			Total
(Dollars in thousands)	Rate			Volume			Change			Rate			Volume			Change
Interest Earning Assets:
Taxable securities	$	48		$	204		$	252		$	(362	)	$	559		$	197
Tax exempt securities		(64	)		156			92			(151	)		82			(69	)
Loans receivable		(399	)		(297	)		(696	)		(217	)		(112	)		(329	)
FHLB stock and other		(16	)		(62	)		(78	)		12			(34	)		(22	)
Total interest-earning assets		(431	)		1			(430	)		(718	)		495			(223	)
Interest-bearing liabilities
Deposits		(188	)		(68	)		(256	)		(361	)		57			(304	)
FHLB advances and other borrowed funds		2			(37	)		(35	)		(27	)		(161	)		(188	)
Subordinated debentures		-			1			1			(7	)		-			(7	)
Total int.-bearing liabilities		(186	)		(104	)		(290	)		(395	)		(104	)		(499	)
Change in net interest income	$	(245	)	$	105		$	(140	)	$	(323	)	$	599		$	276

Comparison of Financial Condition for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

Total assets as of December 31, 2014 were $343.0 million, which represented a decrease of $6.0 million, or 1.7%, compared to $349.0 million at December 31, 2013. Cash and cash equivalents decreased by $5.9 million, or 20.1%, to $23.6 million at December 31, 2014 as compared to $29.6 million at December 31, 2013. This decrease is the result of the deployment of cash to investment securities during 2014. As a result, investment securities increased $10.2 million to $106.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $95.8 million at December 31, 2013. This increase is due to the net effect of a $6.1 million increase in U.S. agency mortgage backed securities, a $3.5 million increase in municipal securities and a $3.3 million decrease in U.S. agency debt securities. Partially offsetting these increases were decreases in loans receivable, interest-bearing time deposits and foreclosed assets. Loans receivable decreased $10.9 million to $182.6 million at December 31, 2014 from $193.5 million at December 31, 2013. This decrease was primarily due to a $711,000 decrease in home equity lines of credit, a $5.3 million decrease in commercial loans and a $5.1 million decrease in commercial real estate loans, partially offset by a $736,000 increase in residential real estate. Interest bearing time deposits decreased $945,000 to zero at December 31, 2014. Foreclosed assets decreased $70,000 to $2.2 million at December 31, 2014 from $2.3 million at December 31, 2013. The balance of foreclosed assets at December 31, 2014 consisted of 12 properties that were acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. Included in the total are nine residential properties, two parcels of land and one commercial real estate property.

Deposits decreased $10.3 million, or 3.3%, to $305.4 million at December 31, 2014 as compared to $315.7 million at December 31, 2013. This decrease primarily consisted of decreases in certificates of deposit and regular savings accounts. Certificates of deposit decreased $12.4 million, or 14.3% to $74.3 million at December 31, 2014 from $86.7 million at December 31, 2013. Regular savings accounts decreased $3.2 million, or 4.3% to $71.2 million at December 31, 2014 from $74.5 million at December 31, 2013. Partially offsetting these decreases was an increase in noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts. Noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts increased $5.2 million, or 13.0% to $44.8 million at December 31, 2014 from $39.6 million at December 31, 2013. Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances decreased $2.5 million, or 55.6%, to $2.0 million at December 31, 2014 from $4.5 million at December 31, 2013.

40

Stockholders’ equity increased $6.9 million, or 32.1%, to $28.6 million at December 31, 2014 from $21.6 million at December 31, 2013. The increase in stockholders’ equity was primarily due to the net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 and an increase of $1.6 million in the Company’s accumulated other comprehensive income relating to the change in fair value of its available-for-sale investment portfolio.

Deferred Tax Assets. The Company’s $5.4 million net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily due to the reversal of the valuation allowance on a portion of the Company’s net deferred tax assets. The Company experienced loan loss provisions totaling $8.3 million, $6.2 million, $1.5 million and $1.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. A significant portion of these losses were related to participation loans in construction and development projects in which the Company is no longer involved. The Company recorded income tax expense totaling $4.7 million in 2011 as it established a valuation allowance on substantially all of its net deferred tax assets. In 2012 and 2013, management determined that the realization of the deferred tax asset was not likely and maintained a valuation allowance on substantially all of its net deferred tax assets. In an effort to increase its capital levels, the Company entered into a series of capital raising transactions in 2012 and 2013. These capital transactions raised net proceeds of $25.8 million and allowed the Company to make significant progress in resolving problem credits and reducing expenses associated with credit-related issues.

The determination of being able to realize the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, including forecasts of future taxable income, available tax planning strategies and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions. Management considered both positive and negative evidence regarding the Company’s ability to ultimately realize the deferred tax assets, which is largely dependent upon the ability to derive benefits based upon future taxable income. Tax planning strategies available to the Company include investing in taxable instruments rather than tax-exempt securities. In 2014, management reevaluated the income forecasts and other tax strategies and determined that there was support for a change in the valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. Management concluded in the third quarter of 2014 that, after a comprehensive review of both positive and negative considerations, it was now more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets could be realized. The current five year projection utilized in this analysis includes no net loan growth for 2014 with positive net growth for the forward looking years. In addition, the Company has continued to surpass budgetary projections on a monthly basis for the year ended December 31, 2014. As a result of this review a portion of the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets was reversed.

The positive evidence considered included the following: (1) the quarter ended December 31, 2014 reflects the Company’s fifth consecutive quarter of pre-tax earnings; (2) nonperforming assets have decreased from $23.1 million at December 31, 2011 to $4.6 million as of December 31, 2014; and (3) the termination of the Order on January 10, 2014. The current trend of pre-tax earnings has not been driven by one-time extraordinary items but by core banking activities. The reduction in nonperforming assets has had a positive effect due to the reduction in legal fees, loan provision expense and other credit related expenses. The improvement in the Bank’s risk profile led to the termination of the Order, which resulted in a corresponding $23,000 monthly reduction in the premiums on FDIC insurance and the lifting of growth restrictions imposed on the Bank, each of which is an important consideration in the projections used in the analysis. The Bank gained efficiencies and monthly cost savings of approximately $30,000 per month as we converted our core processor in the fourth quarter of 2013. The efficiencies afforded by the new system, along with a general focus on efficiency and accountability, has allowed us to reduce headcount through attrition. Negative evidence included the decrease in the Company’s loan portfolio which was driven by the Order which has now been lifted and reduced noninterest income, primarily from decreased mortgage banking revenue. In future accounting periods, the Company’s management will reevaluate whether the current conditions in addition to the positive and negative evidence support a change in the valuation allowance against the Company’s deferred tax assets. Any such reduction in the estimated valuation allowance would lower the amount of income tax expense recognized by the Company in future periods.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013

General. The Company recorded net income of $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to a net loss of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2014, basic and diluted earnings per share totaled $0.18 compared to basic and diluted loss per share of $0.38 for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net income for the year ended December 31, 2014 is primarily the net effect of a $4.1 million decrease in income tax expense, a $1.5 million decrease in provision for loan losses, a $464,000 decrease in noninterest income; and a $3.2 million decrease in noninterest expense.

41

Net interest income. The following table summarizes interest and dividend income and interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		$ Change			% Change
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest and dividend income:
Interest and fees on loans	$	9,933	$	10,629	$	(696	)		(6.55	%)
Securities:
Taxable		1,384		1,132		252			22.26
Exempt from federal tax		374		282		92			32.62
Federal Home Loan Bank dividends and other		51		129		(78	)		(60.47	)
Total interest and dividend income		11,742		12,172		(430	)		(3.53	)
Interest expense:
Deposits		1,195		1,451		(256	)		(17.64	)
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and
other borrowings		83		118		(35	)		(29.66	)
Subordinated debentures		70		69		1			1.45
Total interest expense		1,348		1,638		(290	)		(17.71	)
Net interest income	$	10,394	$	10,534	($	140	)		(1.33	)

Interest Income. Interest and dividend income decreased $430,000, or 3.5%, to $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease resulted primarily from a decrease in average balance and average yield of loans. The largest component was a decrease of $696,000 in interest income on loans for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Loan interest and fee income decreased $696,000 or 6.6%, to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $10.6 million for the prior year. This decrease resulted from a decrease in the average balance of loans of $5.6 million, or 2.8%, to $193.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $198.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, the average yield on loans decreased 20 basis points to 5.15% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 5.35% for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was partially offset by increases in interest on taxable and tax-exempt securities. Interest on taxable securities increased $252,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase is primarily due to an increase in the average balance of taxable securities of $12.6 million to $83.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $71.2 million for the prior year period and a four basis point increase in the average yield to 1.66% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 1.62% for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, interest on tax-exempt securities increased $92,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase is primarily due to an increase in the average balance of tax-exempt securities of $6.6 million to $16.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $10.1 million for the prior year period.

Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased by $290,000, or 17.7%, to $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease resulted from a decrease in the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities of seven basis points to 0.49% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 0.56% for the comparable prior year period. In addition, the average balance of interest bearing liabilities decreased $15.1 million, or 5.2% to $276.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $291.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Interest expense resulting from FHLB advances and other borrowings decreased $35,000 during the year ended December 31, 2014. The average balance on these borrowings decreased $1.8 million to $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Net Interest Income before Provision for Loan Losses. Net interest income before provision for loan losses decreased $140,000, or 1.3%, to $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The Company’s net interest margin expressed as a percentage of average earning assets increased six basis points to 3.35% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 3.29% for the year ended December 31, 2013. The tax equivalent yield on average earning assets decreased one basis point to 3.84% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 3.85% for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was due to a decrease in yield on tax-exempt securities and loans. The yield on tax-exempt securities decreased 85 basis points to 3.40% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 4.25% for the prior year period and the yield on average loans decreased to 5.15% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 5.35% for the year ended December 31, 2013. In addition, there was a seven basis point decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 0.49% for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to 0.56% a year earlier. Increasing net interest margin is dependent on the Bank’s ability to generate higher yielding assets and lower-cost deposits. Management continues to closely monitor the net interest margin.

42

Provision for Loan Losses. The Bank’s provision for loan losses decreased to ($75,000) for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The decrease in the provision for loan losses was the result of management’s quarterly analysis of the allowance for loan loss. At December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, non-performing loans totaled $2.4 million and $1.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the ratio of the allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans was 99.8% compared to 213.3% at December 31, 2013. Management believes the allowance coverage is sufficient due to the estimated loss potential. The ratio of the allowance to total loans was 1.32% and 1.28% at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. Charge-offs, net of recoveries, totaled ($17,000) for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Management performs an allowance sufficiency analysis, at least quarterly, based on the portfolio composition, asset classifications, loan-to-value ratios, impairments in the current portfolio, and other factors. This analysis is designed to reflect credit losses for specifically identified loans, as well as credit losses in the remainder of the portfolio. The reserve methodology employed by management reflects the difference in degree of risk between the various categories of loans in the Bank’s portfolio. The reserve methodology also critically assesses those loans adversely classified in the portfolio by management. While management estimates loan losses using the best available information, no assurance can be given that future additions to the allowance will not be necessary based on changes in economic and real estate market conditions, further information obtained regarding problem loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of management’s control. The Bank conducts quarterly evaluations on nonperforming assets and obtains independent appraisals when there is a material development such as a transfer to other real estate owned. In addition, the FDIC and IDFPR, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for loan losses. As a result of their review, the FDIC and IDFPR may require the Bank to make additional provisions for estimated losses based upon judgments different from those of management.

Noninterest Income.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014			2013			$ Change			% Change
	(Dollars in thousands)
Non-interest income:
Service charges on deposit accounts	$	370		$	350		$	20			5.71	%
Gain on sale of loans		484			1,144			(660	)		(57.69	)
Gain (loss) on sale of securities		(15	)		55			(70	)		(127.27	)
Loss on sale of assets		(74	)		(175	)		101			57.71
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets		(21	)		(328	)		307			93.60
Bank owned life insurance		213			223			(10	)		(4.48	)
Other non-interest income		828			980			(152	)		(15.51	)
Total non-interest income	$	1,785		$	2,249		$	(464	)		(20.63	)

Noninterest income consists primarily of service charges on customer deposit accounts, loss on sale of foreclosed assets, gain on sale of loans, and other service charges and fees. Noninterest income decreased $464,000, or 20.6%, to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, primarily due to decreases in gains on sale of loans which were partially offset by decreases in loss on sale of foreclosed assets. Gain on sale of loans decreased $660,000 to $484,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as prior year refinancing activity slowed in 2014. Loss on sale of foreclosed assets decreased $307,000 to $21,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $328,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $20,000 to $370,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $350,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to a higher volume of debit card interchange fees. Other non-interest income decreased $152,000 to $828,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $980,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease was partially due to lower rents received on foreclosed properties.

43

Noninterest Expense.

	Year Ended December 31,
	2014		2013		$ Change			% Change
	(Dollars in thousands)
Non-interest expenses:
Salaries and employee benefits	$	5,730	$	5,943	$	(213	)		(3.58	%)
Net occupancy		801		821		(20	)		(2.44	)
Equipment expense		405		447		(42	)		(9.40	)
Data processing expense		1,004		1,287		(283	)		(22.00	)
Advertising and promotions		168		179		(11	)		(6.15	)
Professional fees		940		1,412		(472	)		(33.43	)
Write-down on foreclosed assets		349		1,323		(974	)		(73.62	)
FDIC premiums		470		747		(277	)		(37.08	)
Other real estate owned expenses		172		587		(415	)		(70.70	)
Other operating expenses		788		1,251		(463	)		(37.01	)
Total non-interest expenses	$	10,827	$	13,997	$	(3,170	)		(22.65	)

Noninterest expense decreased by $3.2 million to $10.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease is primarily due to decreases in write-downs on foreclosed assets, other real estate owned expenses, data processing expense and FDIC premiums. Write-downs on foreclosed assets decreased by $974,000 to $349,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease is due to lower expenses related to OREO valuation adjustments. Other real estate owned expenses decreased $415,000 to $172,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $587,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013. Data processing expense decreased $283,000 to $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease is primarily due to the savings from the core processing conversion the Bank completed in the fourth quarter of 2013. FDIC premiums decreased $277,000 to $470,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. Professional fees decreased $597,000, or 42.3%, to $815,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This decrease is primarily due to lower attorney’s fees related to resolving problem credits. Other operating expenses decreased $463,000 to $788,000 for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $1.3 million for 2013 primarily due to decreased directors and officer’s insurance premiums, mortgage division related expenses and lower corporate franchise taxes. Salaries and employee benefits expenses decreased by $213,000, or 0.4%, to $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. This decrease is primarily due to a lower level of full-time equivalents as the Bank gained efficiencies as the result of a core processing conversion and lower commissions paid on mortgage loans sales. Management continues to emphasize the importance of expense management and control in order to continue to provide expanded banking services to a growing market base.

Income Tax Expense. The Company recorded a tax benefit of $4.0 million on $1.4 million pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2014. This tax benefit was due to the reversal of the valuation allowance on a portion of the Company’s net deferred tax assets, made possible by the Company’s return to profitability. The determination of being able to realize the deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, including forecasts of future taxable income, available tax planning strategies and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions. Management considered both positive and negative evidence regarding the Company’s ability to ultimately realize the deferred tax assets, which is largely dependent upon the ability to derive benefits based upon future taxable income. Tax planning strategies available to the Company include investing in taxable instruments rather than tax-exempt securities. In 2014, management reevaluated the income forecasts and other tax strategies and determined that there was support for a change in the valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. Management concluded in the third quarter of 2014 that, after a comprehensive review of both positive and negative considerations, it was now more likely than not that a portion of the deferred tax assets could be realized. As a result of this review a portion of the valuation allowance against deferred tax assets was reversed. As of December 31, 2014, management determined that the realization of a portion of the deferred tax asset was more likely than not as required by accounting principles and reversed that amount which was fully supported by the analysis. Income tax expense totaled $146,000 for the year ended December 31, 2013.

44

Asset/Liability Management

The primary objectives of the Company’s asset/liability management policies are to:

a) Manage and minimize interest rate risk;

b) Manage the investment portfolio to maximize yield;

c) Assess and monitor general risks of operations; and

d) Maintain adequate liquidity to meet the withdrawal requirements of depositors and the financing needs of borrowers.

Liquidity

The Company’s primary source of funds is dividends it receives from the Bank. Without prior approval, current regulations allow the Bank to pay dividends to the Company not exceeding net profits for the current year plus those of the previous two years. The Bank normally restricts dividends to a lesser amount because of the need to maintain an adequate capital structure. Total stockholder’s equity of the Bank totaled $29.0 million at December 31, 2014. The Bank’s primary sources of funds are deposits, proceeds from principal and interest payments on loans, maturities of securities, federal funds purchased, and to a lesser extent advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are generally predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition.

The Company’s liquidity, represented by cash and cash equivalents, is generally a product of its operating, investing, and financing activities. Liquidity is monitored frequently by management and quarterly by the asset/liability management/investment committee and Board of Directors. This monitoring includes a review of net non-core funding dependency, loans to deposits, and short-term investments to total assets ratios, including trends in these ratios. Cash flows from general banking activities are reviewed for their ability to handle unusual liquidity needs. Management also reviews a liquidity/dependency report covering measurements of liquidity ratio, net potential liabilities, and dependency ratios.

Management expects ongoing operating activities to continue to be a primary source of cash flows for the Company. In addition, the Bank maintains secured borrowing facilities at the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. Management is confident that the Bank has adequate liquidity for normal banking activities.

Deposits decreased by $10.3 million in 2014 and decreased by $1.5 million and increased by $16.1 million in 2013 and 2012, respectively. Despite intense competition for deposits from the many financial institutions in the Company’s market area, the Company has been successful in attracting sufficient deposits to provide for the majority of its funding needs. However, funding through retail deposits continues to grow more challenging.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of operations, we may engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, are not recorded in our consolidated financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate, and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers’ requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments and lines of credit. For additional information see Note 14 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

45

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

The Company monitors and manages risks associated with changes in interest rates and mismatched asset and deposit maturities. Significant changes in rates can adversely affect net interest income, market value of securities, and the economic value of equity. Based on the Company’s current simulation model, the following schedule indicates the estimated effects of an immediate upward rate shift of 100, 200 and 300 basis points as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, these effects totaled 4.6%, 4.9% and 7.4% for net interest income and 5.5%, 1.6% and 0.2% for economic value of equity.

	100 Basis Point Rate Shift Up			200 Basis Point Rate Shift Up			300 Basis Point Rate Shift Up
Net interest income (next 12 months)		5.1	%		6.5	%		7.9	%
Economic value of equity		5.0	%		3.0	%		0.9	%

Based on the Company’s current simulation model, the following schedule indicates the estimated effects of an immediate downward rate shift of 100, 200, 300 basis points as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, these effects totaled -4.0% for net interest income and -11.5% for economic value of equity. Due to the current interest rate environment being at historic lows, a 200 and 300 a basis point decrease is considered unlikely and therefore not presented. All other measures of interest rate risk are within policy guidelines.

	100 Basis Point Rate Shift Down			200 Basis Point Rate Shift Down		300 Basis Point Rate Shift Down
Net interest income (next 12 months)		-6.4	%		N/A		N/A
Economic value of equity		-13.0	%		N/A		N/A

46

Item 8. Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Audit Committee, Board of Directors and Stockholders

Community Financial Shares, Inc.

Glen Ellyn, Illinois

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Community Financial Shares, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing auditing procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Community Financial Shares, Inc. as of December 31, 2014, and 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ BKD, LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

March 13, 2015

47

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Dollars in thousands except share data)

ASSETS	2014			2013
Cash and due from banks	$	11,256		$	4,485
Interest-bearing deposits		12,359			25,068
Cash and cash equivalents		23,615			29,553
Interest-bearing time deposits		-			945
Securities available for sale		105,985			95,829
Loans held for sale		-			804
Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $2,442 and $2,500		182,573			193,451
Foreclosed assets		2,199			2,269
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		1,119			926
Premises and equipment, net		14,473			14,862
Cash value of life insurance		6,857			6,644
Interest receivable and other assets		6,191			3,688
Total assets	$	343,012		$	348,971
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits	$	305,421		$	315,709
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		2,000			4,500
Subordinated debentures		3,609			3,609
Interest payable and other liabilities		3,406			3,526
Total liabilities		314,436			327,344
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity
Common stock - $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized; 10,781,988 shares issued and outstanding		-			-
Preferred stock - $1.00 par value, $100 liquidation preference 1,000,000 shares authorized; 191,246 shares issued and outstanding		191			191
Paid-in capital		30,395			30,386
Accumulated deficit		(1,750	)		(7,133	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(260	)		(1,817	)
Total stockholders' equity		28,576			21,627
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	343,012		$	348,971

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

48

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

	2014			2013
Interest and dividend income
Interest and fees on loans	$	9,933		$	10,629
Securities
Taxable		1,384			1,132
Exempt from federal income tax		374			282
Federal Home Loan Bank dividends and other		51			129
Total interest income		11,742			12,172
Interest expense
Deposits		1,195			1,451
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowed funds		83			118
Subordinated debentures		70			69
Total interest expense		1,348			1,638
Net interest income		10,394			10,534
Provision for loan losses		(75	)		1,427
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		10,469			9,107
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts		370			350
Gain on sale of loans		484			1,144
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets		(21	)		(328	)
Loss on sale of assets		(74	)		(175	)
Gain (loss) on sale of securities		(15	)		55
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance		213			223
Other service charges and fees		828			980
Total noninterest income		1,785			2,249
Noninterest expense
Salaries and employee benefits		5,730			5,943
Net occupancy expense		801			821
Equipment expense		405			447
Data processing		1,004			1,287
Advertising and marketing		168			179
Professional fees		940			1,412
Write-down on foreclosed assets		349			1,323
FDIC premiums		470			747
Other real estate owned expenses		172			587
Other operating expenses		788			1,251
Total noninterest expense		10,827			13,997
Income (loss) before income taxes		1,427			(2,641	)
Income tax expense (benefit)		(3,956	)		146
Net income (loss)	$	5,383		$	(2,787	)
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic	$	0.18		$	(0.38	)
Diluted	$	0.18		$	(0.38	)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

49

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

	Year Ended
	December 31,
	2014			2013
Net income/(loss)	$	5,383		$	(2,787	)
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period:
Unrealized net gains/(losses)		2,526			(3,288	)
Related income tax benefit (expense)		(979	)		1,275
Net unrealized gains/(losses)		1,547			(2,013	)
Less:  reclassification adjustment for net gains realized during the period
Realized net gains/(losses)		(15	)		55
Related income tax (expense)/benefit		5			(20	)
Net realized gains/(losses)		(10	)		35
Other comprehensive income/(loss)		1,557			(2,048	)
Comprehensive income/(loss)	$	6,940		$	(4,835	)

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

50

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)

	Number of Common Shares		Preferred Stock			Paid-in Capital		Accumulated Deficit			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Stockholders’ Equity
Balance at January 1, 2013		5,560,567	$	197		$	26,270	$	(4,346	)	$	231		$	22,352
Net loss		-		-			-		(2,787	)		-			(2,787	)
Other comprehensive income		-		-			-		-			(2,048	)		(2,048	)
Net proceeds of private offering		3,670,221		-			4,090		-			-			4,090
Preferred stock conversion to common		1,551,200		(16	)		16		-			-			-
Preferred stock issued		-		10			-		-			-			10
Amortization of stock option compensation		-		-			10		-			-			10
Balance at December 31, 2013		10,781,988		191			30,386		(7,133	)		(1,817	)		21,627
Net income		-		-			-		5,383			-			5,383
Other comprehensive loss		-		-			-		-			1,557			1,557
Amortization of stock option compensation		-		-			9		-			-			9
Balance at December 31, 2014		10,781,988	$	191		$	30,395	$	(1,750	)	$	(260	)	$	28,576

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

51

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Dollars in thousands)

	2014			2013
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income/(loss)	$	5,383		$	(2,787	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Amortization on securities, net		1,066			709
Depreciation		596			609
Provision for loan losses		(75	)		1,427
(Gain) Loss on sale of securities		15			(55	)
Write-down on foreclosed assets		349			1,323
Gain on sale of loans		(484	)		(1,144	)
Originations of loans for sale		(18,748	)		(46,365	)
Proceeds from sales of loans		20,037			53,934
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets		21			328
Loss on sale of assets		74			175
Deferred income taxes		(3,956	)		146
Compensation cost of stock options		9			10
Change in cash value of life insurance		(213	)		(223	)
Change in interest receivable and other assets		382			(1,126	)
Change in interest payable and other liabilities		(121	)		374
Net cash provided by operating activities		4,335			7,335
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of securities available for sale		(33,192	)		(75,194	)
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available for sale		17,922			14,893
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale		6,573			8,063
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets		167			7,725
Net change in interest-bearing time deposits		945			996
Amount paid for acquisition of foreclosed assets		-			(674	)
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock		(193	)		-
Net change in loans		10,498			(2,602	)
Premises and equipment expenditures, net		(206	)		(114	)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		2,514			(46,907	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Change in
Non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposits and savings		2,121			5,533
Certificates and other time deposits		(12,408	)		(7,029	)
Repayment of borrowings		(2,500	)		(4,500	)
Proceeds from private offering		-			4,100
Net cash used in financing activities		(12,787	)		(1,896	)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents		(5,938	)		(41,468	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year		29,553			71,021
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	23,615		$	29,553
Supplemental disclosures
Interest paid	$	1,424		$	1,614
Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets		455			1,979
Transfer property from held for sale to premises and equipment		-			634

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

52

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include Community Financial Shares, Inc. (the Holding Company) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Community Bank - Wheaton/Glen Ellyn (the Bank) together referred to herein as the Company.

The Bank was chartered by the Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate in 1994. The Bank provides a range of banking and financial services through its operation as a commercial bank with offices located in Wheaton and Glen Ellyn, Illinois. The Bank's primary activities include deposit services and commercial and retail lending. Interest income is also earned on investments in debt securities, federal funds sold, and short-term investments.

Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Internal financial information is reported and aggregated as one line of business.

Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided and future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses and fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

Securities: Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

When the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is more likely than not, the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment is amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other than temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.

53

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest income. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded in noninterest income, and direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in noninterest income upon sale of the loan.

Loans and Loan Income: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoffs are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for unearned income, charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

For loans amortized at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized as a level yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan.

The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off are reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Discounts and premiums on purchased residential real estate loans are amortized to income using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Discounts and premiums on purchased consumer loans are recognized over the expected lives of the loans using methods that approximate the interest method.

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to income. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of allocated and general components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers nonclassified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default derived from the Company’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.

54

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Groups of loans with similar risk characteristics are collectively evaluated for impairment based on the group’s historical loss experience adjusted for changes in trends, conditions and other relevant factors that affect repayment of the loans. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment measurements, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is a required investment for institutions that are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The required investment in the common stock is based on a predetermined formula.

The Bank owned $1,118,900 and $925,700 of FHLB stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The FHLB of Chicago paid average cash dividends totaling 0.50% and 0.30% in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The FHLB will continue to assess their dividend capacity each quarter, and will obtain the necessary approval if a dividend is to be made. Management performed an analysis and deemed the investment in FHLB stock was not impaired.

Foreclosed Assets: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs incurred after acquisition that do not meet the criteria for capitalization are expensed.

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 10 to 50 years. Furniture, fixtures, and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line (or accelerated) method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 10 years.

Long-Term Assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Stock Compensation: At December 31, 2014, the Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan, which is described more fully in Note 13.

55

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Income Taxes: The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.

The Company files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiaries.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or non U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2011. The Company has net operating loss carryovers for federal and Illinois purposes for all years subsequent and including 1999 and 1998, respectively. To the extent these losses get used to offset future years’ taxable income, the taxing authorities have the right to audit those loss years.

Off-balance-sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Statements of Cash Flows: For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and interest-bearing deposits. Most federal funds are sold for one-day periods. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions.

Earnings Per Share: Basic earnings per share is net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of additional potential shares issuable under stock options. For 2014 the Company is required to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share using the two-class method. Calculations of earnings per share under the two- class method (i) exclude from the numerator any dividends paid or owed on participating securities and any undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities and (ii) exclude from the denominator the dilutive impact of the participating securities.

56

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

Comprehensive Income or Loss: Comprehensive income or loss consists of net income or loss and other comprehensive income or loss. Other comprehensive income or loss includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity.

Dividend Restriction: Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company or by the Holding Company to the stockholders. In addition, the Bank and the Holding Company are currently subject to regulatory orders limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends. See Note 9 for more information. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends or other distributions prior to the Effective Time without prior written consent of Wintrust.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of active markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08- Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity – In April 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-08. This update seeks to better define the groups of assets which qualify for discontinued operations, in order to ease the burden and cost for prepares and stakeholders. This issue changed “the criteria for reporting discontinued operations” and related reporting requirements, including the provision for disclosures about the “disposal of and individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation.”

The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted only for disposals or classifications as held for sale. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09- Revenue from Contracts with Customers – In May 2014, FASB, in joint cooperation with IASB, issued ASU 2014-09. The topic of Revenue Recognition had become broad, with several other regulatory agencies issuing standards which lacked cohesion. The new guidance establishes a “common framework” and “reduces the number of requirements to which an entity must consider in recognizing revenue” and yet provides improved disclosures to assist stakeholders reviewing financial statements.

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company will adopt the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and does not anticipate that the ASU will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-11- Transfers and Servicing – In June 2014, FASB, issued ASU 2014-11. This update addresses the concerns of stakeholders’ by changing the accounting practices surrounding repurchase agreements. The new guidance changes the “accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and linked repurchase financings to secured borrowing accounting, which is consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements.”

57

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12- Compensation – Stock Compensation – In June 2014, FASB, issued ASU 2014-12. This update defines the accounting treatment for share-based payments and “resolves the diverse accounting treatment of those awards in practice.” The new requirement mandates that “a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition.”

Compensation cost will now be recognized in the period in which it becomes likely that the performance target will be met.

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

NOTE 2 - CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Beginning January 1, 2013, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are subject to a $250,000 limit on FDIC insurance per covered institution.

At December 31, 2014, the Company’s cash accounts exceeded federally insured limits by approximately $20.1 million. The Company had cash balances of $12.2 million at the FRB and FHLB that did not have FDIC insurance coverage.

Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of $2.3 million was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements at year-end 2014.

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The fair value of securities available for sale at year end is as follows:

2014	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses
U. S. government agency debt securities	$	7,738	$	-	$	(236	)
States and political subdivisions		19,913		112		(92	)
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		66,139		316		(483	)
Preferred stock		15		11		-
SBA securities		12,180		13		(66	)
	$	105,985	$	452	$	(877	)

58

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (Continued)

2013	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses
U. S. government agency debt securities	$	11,059	$	-	$	(1,414	)
States and political subdivisions		16,367		50		(419	)
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		60,065		124		(1,235	)
Preferred stock		35		31		-
SBA securities		8,303		1		(104	)
	$	95,829	$	206	$	(3,172	)

Securities classified as U. S. government agency debt securities include notes issued by government-sponsored enterprises such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and the Federal Home Loan Bank. The SBA securities are pools of the loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.

The fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity are shown separately.

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	481	$	482
Due after one year through five years		3,244		3,222
Due after five years through ten years		16,992		16,959
Due after ten years		7,150		6,988
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed		66,306		66,139
Preferred stock		4		15
SBA securities		12,233		12,180
	$	106,410	$	105,985

Securities with a carrying value of approximately $7.6 million and $18.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

Sales of securities were as follows:

	2014			2013
Sales proceeds	$	6,573		$	8,063
Gross gains/(losses) on sales		(15	)		55

59

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (Continued)

Certain investments in debt securities are reported in the financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $65.7 million and $77.1 million, respectively, which is approximately 62.0% and 80.5% of the Company’s investment portfolio, respectively. These declines primarily resulted from changes in market interest rates and current depressed market conditions. Based on evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in market interest rates, credit rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary. Should the impairment of any of these securities become other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified.

The following tables show gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

2014	Less than 12 Months					12 Months or More					Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
U.S. Government agency debt securities	$	-	$	-		$	7,738	$	(236	)	$	7,738	$	(236	)
State and political subdivisions		6,601		(31	)		3,801		(61	)		10,402		(92	)
U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities		13,988		(59	)		23,516		(424	)		37,504		(483	)
SBA Securities		5,065		(22	)		4,978		(44	)		10,043		(66	)
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	25,654	$	(112	)	$	40,033	$	(765	)	$	65,687	$	(877	)

U.S. Government Agency Debt Securities and U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-backed Securities

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in obligations of U.S. government agencies were caused by interest rate changes. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

60

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (Continued)

2013	Less than 12 Months					12 Months or More					Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
U.S. Government agency debt securities	$	6,694	$	(797	)	$	4,365	$	(617	)	$	11,059	$	(1,414	)
State and political subdivisions		10,027		(419	)		-		-			10,027		(419	)
U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities		48,023		(1,234	)		16		(1	)		48,039		(1,235	)
SBA Securities		7,987		(104	)		-		-			7,987		(104	)
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	72,731	$	(2,554	)	$	4,381	$	(618	)	$	77,112	$	(3,172	)

NOTE 4 - LOANS

Loans consisted of the following at December 31:

	2014			2013
Real estate
Commercial	$	92,669		$	97,813
Construction		1,853			1,856
Residential		26,676			26,240
Home equity		46,339			47,050
Total real estate loans		167,537			172,959
Commercial		16,048			21,379
Consumer		1,163			1,384
Total loans		184,748			195,722
Deferred loan costs, net		267			229
Allowance for loan losses		(2,442	)		(2,500	)
Loans, net	$	182,573		$	193,451

The risk characteristics of each loan portfolio segment are as follows:

Commercial

Commercial loans are primarily based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.

61

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS (Continued)

Commercial Real Estate

These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the Company avoids financing single purpose projects unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk. In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans.

Construction

Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based on estimates of costs and value associated with the completed project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

Residential and Consumer, including Home Equity Lines of Credit (HELOC)

With respect to residential loans that are secured by one-to-four family residences and are generally owner occupied, the Company generally establishes a maximum loan-to-value ratio and may require private mortgage insurance if that ratio is exceeded. Home equity loans are typically secured by a subordinate interest in one-to-four family residences, and consumer loans are secured by consumer assets such as automobiles or recreational vehicles. Some consumer loans are unsecured such as small installment loans and certain lines of credit. Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income of the borrowers, which can be impacted by economic conditions in their market areas such as unemployment levels. Repayment can also be impacted by changes in property values on residential properties. Risk is mitigated by the fact that the loans are of smaller individual amounts and spread over a large number of borrowers.

Policy for charging off loans:

Management’s general practice is to establish a reserve or proactively charge down loans individually evaluated for impairment to the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Consistent with regulatory guidance, charge-offs on all loan segments are taken when specific loans, or portions thereof, are considered uncollectible. The Company’s policy is to promptly charge these loans off in the period the uncollectible loss is reasonably determined.

62

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS (Continued)

For all loan portfolio segments except one-to-four family residential loans and consumer loans, the Company promptly establishes a reserve or charges-off loans, or portions thereof, when available information confirms that specific loans are uncollectible based on information that includes, but is not limited to, (1) the deteriorating financial condition of the borrower, (2) declining collateral values, and/or (3) legal action, including bankruptcy, that impairs the borrower’s ability to adequately meet its obligations. For impaired loans that are considered to be solely collateral dependent, a partial charge-off is recorded when a loss has been confirmed by an updated appraisal or other appropriate valuation of the collateral.

The Company charges-off one-to-four family residential and consumer loans, or portions thereof, when the Company reasonably determines the amount of the loss. The Company adheres to timeframes established by applicable regulatory guidance which provides for the charge-down of one-to-four family first and junior lien mortgages to the net realizable value less costs to sell when the loan is 180 days past due, charge-off of unsecured open-end loans when the loan is 180 days past due, and charge down to the net realizable value when other secured loans are 120 days past due. Loans at these respective delinquency thresholds for which the Company can clearly document that the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection, such that collection will occur regardless of delinquency status, need not be charged off.

Policy for determining delinquency:

The entire balance of a loan is considered delinquent if the minimum payment contractually required to be made is not received by the specified due date.

Period utilized for determining historical loss factors:

The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company over the prior five years. Management believes the five year historical loss experience methodology is appropriate in the current economic environment, as it captures loss rates that are comparable to the current period being analyzed.

Policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans:

Interest income on loans individually classified as impaired is recognized on a cash basis after all past due and current principal payments have been made.

Policy for recognizing interest income on nonaccrual loans:

Subsequent payments on nonaccrual loans are recorded as a reduction of principal, and interest income is recorded only after principal recovery is reasonably assured. Nonaccrual loans are returned to accrual status when, in the opinion of management, the financial position of the borrower indicates there is no longer any reasonable doubt as to the timely collection of interest or principal. The Company requires a period of satisfactory performance of not less than six months before returning a nonaccrual loan to accrual status.

The Bank has entered into transactions, including the making of direct and indirect loans, with certain directors and their affiliates (related parties). In management’s opinion such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. Further, in management’s opinion, these loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

63

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS (Continued)

The aggregate amount of loans, as defined, to such related parties were as follows:

	2014
Balances, January 1, 2014	$	1,006
New loans including renewals		113
Payments, etc., including renewals		(363	)
Balances, December 31, 2014	$	756

	2013
Balances, January 1, 2013	$	2,432
New loans including renewals		156
Payments, etc., including renewals		(1,582	)
Balances, December 31, 2013	$	1,006

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Construction			Consumer			Residential		HELOC			Total
Balance at beginning of period	$	483		$	1,336		$	44		$	41		$	266	$	330		$	2,500
Provision for loan losses		(205	)		(138	)		(13	)		(23	)		50		254			(75	)
Charge-offs		-			(28	)		-			(3	)		-		(64	)		(95	)
Recoveries		75			5			-			-			30		2			112
Balance at end of period	$	353		$	1,175		$	31		$	15		$	346	$	522		$	2,442
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	38	$	88		$	126
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	353		$	1,175		$	31		$	15		$	308	$	434		$	2,316
Total Loans:
Ending balance	$	16,048		$	92,669		$	1,853		$	1,163		$	26,676	$	46,339		$	184,748
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	823		$	-		$	-		$	528	$	964		$	2,315
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	16,048		$	91,846		$	1,853		$	1,163		$	26,148	$	45,375		$	182,433

64

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS (Continued)

	2013
	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Construction			Consumer			Residential			HELOC			Total
Balance at beginning of period	$	621		$	1,386		$	53		$	21		$	305		$	646		$	3,032
Provision for loan losses		129			221			(9	)		34			773			279			1,427
Charge-offs		(267	)		(357	)		-			(15	)		(835	)		(600	)		(2,074	)
Recoveries		-			86			-			1			23			5			115
Balance at end of period	$	483		$	1,336		$	44		$	41		$	266		$	330		$	2,500
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	26		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	46		$	72
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	483		$	1,310		$	44		$	41		$	266		$	284		$	2,428
Total Loans:
Ending balance	$	21,379		$	97,813		$	1,856		$	1,384		$	26,240		$	47,050		$	195,722
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,566		$	437		$	-		$	-		$	398		$	505		$	2,906
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	19,813		$	97,376		$	1,856		$	1,384		$	25,842		$	46,545		$	192,816

The following table summarizes the Company’s nonaccrual loans by class at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	2014		2013
Real estate loans:
Commercial	$	823	$	437
Residential mortgage		528		-
Home equity		964		505
Total	$	2,315	$	942

The following table presents impaired loans as of December 31, 2014:

	Recorded Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance		Specific Allowance		Average Investment in Impaired Loans		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	823	$	835	$	-	$	837	$	30
Residential		-		-		-		7		-
HELOC		509		514		-		632		8
Subtotal		1,332		1,349		-		1,476		38
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate		-		-		-		792		12
Residential		528		531		38		532		24
HELOC		456		516		88		579		22
Subtotal		984		1,047		126		1,903		58
Total Impaired Loans	$	2,316	$	2,396	$	126	$	3,379	$	96

65

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS (Continued)

The following table presents impaired loans as of December 31, 2013:

	Recorded Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance		Specific Allowance		Average Investment in Impaired Loans		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	1,566	$	1,566	$	-	$	1,549	$	62
Residential		398		398		-		402		21
HELOC		166		166		-		165		-
Subtotal		2,130		2,130		-		2,116		83
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate		437		812		26		834		-
Residential		-		-		-		-		-
HELOC		339		396		46		396		-
Subtotal		776		1,208		72		1,230		-
Total Impaired Loans	$	2,906	$	3,338	$	72	$	3,346	$	83

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis is performed during the loan approval process and is updated as circumstances warrant. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Company’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

66

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS (Continued)

The following table summarizes credit quality of the Company at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Total
Commercial	$	15,983		$—	$	65	$	—	$	—	$	16,048
Real estate loans:
Construction		1,853		—		—		—		—		1,853
Commercial real estate		89,644		227		2,798		—		—		92,669
Residential mortgage		26,448		—		528		—		—		26,676
Home equity		45,048		28		963		—		—		46,339
Consumer		1,163		—		—		—		—		1,163
Total	$	180,139	$	255	$	4,354	$	—	$	—	$	184,748

	2013
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Total
Commercial	$	19,536	$	209	$	1,634	$	—	$	—	$	21,379
Real estate loans:
Construction		1,856		—		—		—		—		1,856
Commercial real estate		93,679		3,235		899		—		—		97,813
Residential mortgage		24,763		1,477		—		—		—		26,240
Home equity		46,515		29		506		—		—		47,050
Consumer		1,384		—		—		—		—		1,384
Total	$	187,733	$	4,950	$	3,039	$	—	$	—	$	195,722

The following table summarizes aging of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans		Loans > 90 Days and Accruing
Commercial	$	133	$	56	$	—	$	189	$	15,859	$	16,048		$—
Real estate loans:
Construction		—		—		—		—		1,853		1,853		—
Commercial real estate		301		—		823		1,124		91,545		92,669		—
Residential mortgage		—		89		528		617		26,059		26,676		—
Home equity		339		—		1,096		1,435		44,903		46,339		133
Consumer		3		—		—		3		1,160		1,163		—
Total	$	776	$	145	$	2,447	$	3,368	$	181,380	$	184,748	$	133

67

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS (Continued)

	2013
	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans		Loans > 90 Days and Accruing
Commercial	$	100	$	—	$	—	$	100	$	21,279	$	21,379		$—
Real estate loans:
Construction		—		—		—		—		1,856		1,856		—
Commercial real estate		—		569		168		737		97,076		97,813		168
Residential mortgage		687		1,342		11		2,040		24,200		26,240		11
Home equity		445		328		555		1,328		45,722		47,050		50
Consumer		—		1		1		2		1,382		1,384		1
Total	$	1,232	$	2,240	$	735	$	4,207	$	191,515	$	195,722	$	230

The Company may grant a concession or modification for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition that it would not otherwise consider resulting in a modified loan which is then identified as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). The Company may modify loans through interest rate reductions, short-term extensions of maturity, interest only payments, or payment modifications to better match the timing of cash flows due under the modified terms with the cash flows from the borrowers’ operations. Loan modifications are intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. TDRs are considered impaired loans for purposes of calculating the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

The Company identifies loans for potential restructure primarily through direct communication with the borrower and evaluation of the borrower’s financial statements, revenue projections, tax returns and credit reports. Even if the borrower is not presently in default, management will consider the likelihood that cash flow shortages, adverse economic conditions, and negative trends may result in a payment default in the near future.

For one-to-four family residential and home equity lines of credit, a restructure often occurs with past due loans and may be offered as an alternative to foreclosure. There are other situations where borrowers, who are not past due, experience a sudden job loss, become overextended with credit obligations, or other problems, have indicated that they will be unable to make the required monthly payment and request payment relief.

When considering a loan restructure, management will determine if: (i) the financial distress is short or long term; (ii) loan concessions are necessary; and (iii) the restructure is a viable solution.

When a loan is restructured, the new terms often require a reduced monthly debt service payment. No TDRs that were on non-accrual status at the time the concessions were granted have been returned to accrual status. For commercial loans, management completes an analysis of the operating entity’s ability to repay the debt. If the operating entity is capable of servicing the new debt service requirements and the underlying collateral value is believed to be sufficient to repay the debt in the event of a default, the new loan is generally placed on accrual status.

68

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 4 – LOANS (Continued)

For retail loans, an analysis of the individual’s ability to service the new required payments is performed. If the borrower is capable of servicing the newly restructured debt and the underlying collateral value is believed to be sufficient to repay the debt in the event of a future default, the new loan is generally placed on accrual status. The reason for the TDR is also considered, such as paying past due real estate taxes or payments caused by a temporary job loss, when determining whether a retail TDR loan could be returned to accrual status. Retail TDRs remain on non-accrual status until sufficient payments have been made to bring the past due principal and interest current at which point the loan would be transferred to accrual status.

There were no loans restructured as TDRs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

There were no defaults during 2014 or 2013 for loans restructured within the prior twelve months.

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following at year end:

	2014			2013
Land	$	4,028		$	4,028
Buildings		13,150			13,116
Furniture and equipment		3,593			3,584
Total cost		20,771			20,728
Accumulated depreciation		(6,298	)		(5,866	)
Net book value	$	14,473		$	14,862

NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS

	2014		2013
Non-interest bearing DDA	$	44,754	$	39,613
NOW		71,492		72,545
Money market		43,666		42,443
Regular savings		71,199		74,389
Certificates and time deposits, $100,000 and over		25,641		32,621
Other certificates and time deposits		48,669		54,098
Total deposits	$	305,421	$	315,709

69

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 6 – DEPOSITS (Continued)

At December 31, 2014, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

2015	$	43,712
2016		19,006
2017		8,218
2018		2,677
2019		697
	$	74,310

At December 31, 2014, total certificates and time deposits of $250,000 and over totaled $2,708,000. Deposits from related parties, as defined in Note 4, held by the Company at December 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $2,449,000 and $2,478,000, respectively.

NOTE 7 - ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago totaled $2.0 million and $4.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There is one advance with an interest rate of 1.69% and is subject to restrictions or penalties in the event of prepayment.

The Company maintains a collateral pledge agreement covering advances whereby the Company has agreed to at all times keep on hand, free of all other pledges, liens, and encumbrances, whole first mortgage loans on improved residential property not more than 90 days delinquent, aggregating no less than 167 percent of the outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. As noted in Note 3, the Company has also pledged securities on these advances.

At December 31, 2014, the Company has one outstanding advance with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago totaling $2.0 million maturing in 2015.

NOTE 8 - SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

The Company and its financing trust subsidiary, Community Financial Shares Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust, consummated the issuance and sale of an aggregate amount of $3,500,000 of the Trust’s floating rate capital securities in a pooled trust preferred transaction. The subordinated debentures accrue interest at a variable rate based on three-month LIBOR plus 1.62%, reset and payable quarterly. The interest rate at December 31, 2014 was 1.86%. The debentures will mature on September 21, 2037, at which time the preferred securities must be redeemed. In addition, the Company may redeem the preferred securities in whole or part, beginning June 21, 2012 at a redemption price of $1,000 per preferred security.

70

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 8 - SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES (Continued)

The Company has provided a full, irrevocable, and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis of the obligations of the Trust under the preferred securities in the event of the occurrence of an event of default, as defined in such guarantee.

The Company deferred all payments of interest on its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2037 beginning with the March 15, 2011 interest payment period through the December 15, 2012 interest payment period. On December 21, 2012, immediately following the consummation of the Investment, the Company paid all outstanding accrued and additional interest on its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2037 through the March 15, 2013 interest payment period in accordance with a written approval letter from the FRB. Subsequently, the Company elected to defer payments of interest on its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2037 beginning with the June 15, 2013 interest payment period. All of the outstanding accrued and additional interest was subsequently brought current on December 15, 2014.

NOTE 9 - CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

On January 10, 2014, the Bank received notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Division of Banking of the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation (the “IDFPR”) that the Consent Order (the “Order”) issued to the Bank by the FDIC and IDFPR on January 21, 2011 was terminated effective January 10, 2014. The material terms and conditions of the Order were previously disclosed in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 26, 2011. In connection with the termination of the Order, the Bank agreed to achieve Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets and total capital at least equal to 12% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014, these capital ratios were 7.7% and 13.4%, respectively.

Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.

The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as are asset growth and expansion, and plans for capital restoration are required. The minimum requirements are:

	Capital to Risk Weighted Assets						Tier 1 Capital to
	Total			Tier 1			Average Assets
Well capitalized		10	%		6	%		5	%
Adequately capitalized		8			4			4
Undercapitalized		6			3			3

71

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 9– CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (Continued)

The actual capital levels and minimum required levels for the Bank were as follows at December 31:

	Actual					Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes					Minimum to Be Well Capitalized
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
2014
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	$	27,941		13.4	%	$	16,672		8.0	%	$	20,840		10.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		25,499		12.2			8,336		4.0			12,504		6.0
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		25,499		7.7			13,329		4.0			16,661		5.0
2013
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	$	25,990		11.9	%	$	17,426		8.0	%	$	21,783		10.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		23,490		10.8			8,713		4.0			13,070		6.0
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		23,490		6.8			13,763		4.0			17,204		5.0

At December 31, 2014, regulatory approval is required for all dividend declarations by both the Bank and the Company.

NOTE 10 - RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company maintains a profit sharing/401(k) plan, which covers substantially all employees. Employees may make contributions to the plan. Employer contributions to the plan are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Annual employer contributions are charged to expense. Profit sharing/401(k) expense was $67,000 and $32,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company also maintains a nonqualified retirement program for directors. Expense for the directors’ retirement program was $24,000 and $23,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Under agreements with the Company, certain members of the Board of Directors have elected to defer their directors’ fees. The cumulative amount of deferred directors’ fees (included in other liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet) was $889,000 and $1.0 million for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The liabilities for the nonqualified retirement program for directors and for directors’ deferred fees are not secured by any assets of the Company. Deferred directors’ fees accounts were credited with interest at 2.52% in 2014.

72

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES

Income tax consists of the following:

	2014			2013
Currently payable tax
Federal	$	-		$	145
State		-			(145	)
Deferred tax
Federal		(1,866	)		(3	)
State		(2,090	)		149
	$	(3,956	)	$	146

Income tax differs from federal statutory rates applied to financial statement income due to the following:

	2014			2013
Federal rate of 34 percent	$	485		$	(898	)
Add (subtract) effect of
Tax-exempt income, net of nondeductible interest expense		(123	)		(92	)
State income tax, net of federal benefit		(1,380	)		4
Cash value of life insurance		(72	)		(76	)
Valuation allowance		(2,904	)		1,058
Other items, net		38			150
Income tax	$	(3,956	)	$	146

The Company recorded a tax benefit of $4.0 million on $1.4 million pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2014. The tax benefit was composed entirely of a reverse of the deferred tax valuation allowance.

Year-end deferred tax assets and liabilities were due to the following:

	2014			2013
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses	$	297		$	1,120
Deferred compensation		545			598
Other-than-temporary-impairment		50			52
Loss carryforward		10,823			9,400
Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale		165			1,149
AMT carryover		275			263
Other real estate owned		145			67
Other		192			211
Total		12,492			12,860
Deferred tax liabilities
Accumulated depreciation		(788	)		(728	)
Deferred loan fees and costs, net		(149	)		(155	)
Prepaid expenses		(54	)		(57	)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends		(44	)		(47	)
State income taxes		(714	)		(186	)
Other		-			(51	)
Total		(1,749	)		(1,224	)
Valuation allowance		(6,625	)		(10,487	)
Net deferred tax asset	$	4,118		$	1,149

73

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES (Continued)

The following is the activity in net deferred tax assets:

Balance, December 31, 2013	$	1,149
Decrease  in deferred tax assets		(368	)
Increase in deferred tax liabilities		(525	)
Decrease in valuation allowance		3,862
Balance, December 31, 2014	$	4,118

Due to the capital raise during 2012 previously discussed, the Company has had an ownership change pursuant to IRC Section 382. This ownership change limits the amount of net operating loss which can be used annually for federal tax purposes. Due to this annual limitation and the number of years in which the net operating loss can be carried forward, a significant portion of the net operating loss will likely never be used. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $25.6 million of federal loss carryforwards and $27.4 million of Illinois state loss carryforwards which expire in varying amounts beginning in 2029 and 2021, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $275,000 of alternative minimum tax credits available to offset future federal income taxes. The credits have no expiration date.

NOTE 12 – EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following is an analysis of the Company’s basic and diluted EPS, reflecting the application of the two-class method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
Net income available for distribution	$	5,383
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities		(3,442	)
Income attributable to common shareholders	$	1,941
Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS		10,781,988
Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock		-
Effect of dilutive stock options		30
Average common and common-equivalent shares for dilutive EPS		10,782,018
Basic	$	0.18
Diluted	$	0.18

74

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 12 – EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (Continued)

	2013
Net income available for distribution	$	(2,787	)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities		-
Income attributable to common shareholders	$	(2,787	)
Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS		7,278,781
Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock		-
Effect of dilutive stock options		-
Average common and common-equivalent shares for dilutive EPS		7,278,781
Basic	$	(0.38	)
Diluted	$	(0.38	)

There were 20,680 and 23,580 anti-dilutive shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

75

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 13 - STOCK OPTIONS

The Company has a nonqualified stock option plan (“Plan”) to attract, retain, and reward senior officers and directors and provide them with an opportunity to acquire or increase their ownership interest in the Company.

Under terms of the Plan, options for 40,400 shares of common stock were authorized for grant with an additional 4,600 options authorized in 2004. Options cannot be granted at exercise prices less than the fair market value of the stock at the grant date. Options granted under the Plan vest incrementally over periods of 5 to 10 years. The options also vest when the recipient attains age 72 or in the event of a change of control (as defined). The term of each option is ten years.

The Plan was amended at the November 29, 2006 Special Meeting of Stockholders. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan was increased to 100,000 as a result of the 2-for-1 stock split which became effective December 27, 2006.

On September 19, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, subject to stockholders approval, which was obtained on January 3, 2014. The Board of Directors has reserved a total of 2,900,000 shares of the Company common stock for issuance upon the grant or exercise of awards made pursuant to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. It is anticipated that key personnel and consultants of the Company and its affiliates will participate in the Plan.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed-form option valuation model that uses the assumptions in the following table. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The expected term of options granted represents the average period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for the options granted is based on the U. S. Treasury rate for a similar term as the average expected term of the option.

There were no options granted or exercised during 2014.

A summary of option activity under the Plan as of December 31, 2014, and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:

	Shares			Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term		Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, beginning of year		23,580		$	18.95
Granted		-			-
Exercised		-			-
Forfeited or expired		(2,900	)		18.77
Outstanding, end of year		20,680		$	18.97		3.23	$	-
Exercisable, end of year		11,265		$	21.27		2.58	$	-

76

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 13 - STOCK OPTIONS (Continued)

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2013 was $0.47. There were no options granted in 2014. In addition, no options were exercised for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

As of December 31, 2014, there was $29,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of five years.

During 2014, the Company recognized approximately $9,000 of share-based compensation expense and approximately $4,000 of tax benefit related to the share based compensation expense.

NOTE 14 - OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ACTIVITIES

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. The Company is not aware of any event, demand, commitment, trend or uncertainty that will result in, or is reasonably likely to result in, the termination or material reduction in availability of off-balance sheet arrangements that provide a material benefit to the Company.

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows at year end.

	2014		2013
Financial standby letters of credit	$	74	$	199
Commitments to originate loans		-		2,216
Unused lines of credit and letters of credit		44,147		54,882

77

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 15 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company measures fair value according to the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820-10). ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in valuation techniques, but not the valuation techniques themselves. The fair value hierarchy is designed to indicate the relative reliability of the fair value measure. The highest priority given to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest to unobservable data such as the Company’s internal information. ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs into the fair value hierarchy (Level 1 being the highest priority and Level 3 being the lowest priority):

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Available-for-sale Securities

If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include all except preferred stock, which are Level 1 securities of available-for-sale securities. Third party vendors compile prices from various sources and may apply such techniques as matrix pricing to determine the value of identical or similar investment securities (Level 2). Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique widely used in the banking industry to value investment securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for specific investment securities but rather on the investment securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted investment securities. The following tables are as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities:
U.S. government agency debt securities	$	7,738	$	-	$	7,738	$	-
State and political subdivisions		19,913		-		19,913		-
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		66,139		-		66,139		-
Preferred stock		15		15		-		-
SBA securities		12,180		-		12,180		-
Total available for sale securities	$	105,985	$	15	$	105,970	$	-

78

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 15 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities:
U.S. government agency debt securities	$	11,059	$	-	$	11,059	$	-
State and political subdivisions		16,367		-		16,367		-
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		60,065		-		60,065		-
Preferred stock		35		35		-		-
SBA securities		8,303		-		8,303		-
Total available for sale securities	$	95,829	$	35	$	95,794	$	-

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying December 31, 2014 and 2013 balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Impaired Loans (Collateral Dependent)

Loans for which it is probable that the Bank will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms are measured for impairment. Allowable methods for determining the amount of impairment include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans, based on current appraisals. If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the fair value method of measuring the amount of impairment is utilized. This method requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a discount factor to the value.

The Company considers the appraisal or evaluation as the starting point for determining fair value and then considers other factors and events in the environment that may affect fair value. The Company’s practice is to obtain new or updated appraisals on the loans subject to initial impairment review and then to generally update on an annual basis thereafter. The Company discounts the appraisal amount as necessary for selling costs and past due real estate taxes. If a new or updated appraisal is not available at the time of a loan’s impairment review, the Company typically applies a discount to the value of an old appraisal to reflect the property’s current estimated value if there is believed to be deterioration in either (i) the physical or economic aspects of the subject property or (ii) any market conditions. These discounts are developed by the Company’s Chief Credit Officer. The results of the impairment review results in an increase in the allowance for loan loss or in a partial charge-off of the loan, if warranted. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method based on current appraisals.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (OREO) is carried at the lower of fair value at acquisition date or current estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell when the real estate is acquired. Estimated fair value of OREO is based on appraisals or evaluations. OREO is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Appraisals of OREO are obtained when the real estate is acquired and subsequently as deemed by the Chief Credit Officer (CCO). Appraisals are reviewed for accuracy and consistency by the CCO. Appraisers are selected from the list of approved appraisers maintained by management.

79

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 15 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The following tables are as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	$	858	$	-	$	-	$	858
Other real estate owned		1,451		-		-		1,451

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	$	2,906	$	-	$	-	$	2,906
Other real estate owned		2,269		-		-		2,269

The following table presents quantitative information about unobservable inputs in recurring and nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements:

	As of December 31, 2014
	Fair		Valuation	Unobservable
	Value		Technique	Inputs	Range
Impaired loans	$	858	Market comparable properties	Marketability discount	2.3% - 36.0% Weighted Avg. 15%
Other real estate owned		1,451	Fair value	Marketability	2.5% - 40.0%
			appraisals	discount	Weighted Avg. 22%

	As of December 31, 2013
	Fair		Valuation	Unobservable
	Value		Technique	Inputs	Range
Impaired loans	$	2,906	Market comparable properties	Marketability discount	5% - 30.7% Weighted Avg. 16%
Other real estate owned		2,269	Fair value	Marketability	0.0% - 23.8%
			appraisals	discount	Weighted Avg. 18%

80

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 15 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying
	Amount		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23,615	$	23,615	$	-		-
Securities available for sale		105,985		15		105,970		-
Loans receivable, net		182,573		-		-		184,044
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		1,119		-		1,119		-
Interest receivable		1,058		-		1,058		-
				-
Financial liabilities
Deposits		305,421		-		305,333		-
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		2,000		-		2,023		-
Subordinated debentures		3,609		-		-		1,293
Interest payable		93		-		93		-

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying
	Amount		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29,553	$	29,553	$	-		-
Interest-bearing time deposits		945		945		-		-
Securities available for sale		95,829		35		95,794		-
Loans held for sale		804		-		804		-
Loans receivable, net		193,451		-		-		193,864
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		926		-		926		-
Interest receivable		884		-		884		-
				-
Financial liabilities
Deposits		315,709		-		303,199		-
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		4,500		-		4,478		-
Subordinated debentures		3,609		-		-		1,259
Interest payable		169		-		169		-

81

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

NOTE 15 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Continued)

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing time deposits, loans held for sale, Federal Home Loan Bank stock, interest receivable and payable, deposits due on demand, variable rate loans and other borrowings. Security fair values are based on market prices or dealer quotes and, if no such information is available, on the rate and term of the security and information about the issuer. For fixed rate loans and time deposits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis or underlying collateral values. The fair values of fixed rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances, other borrowings and subordinated debentures are based on current rates for similar financing. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items, which is based on the current fees or cost that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements, is immaterial.

While the above estimates are based on management's judgment of the most appropriate factors, there is no assurance that were the Company to have disposed of these items on the respective dates, the fair values would have been achieved, because the market value may differ depending on the circumstances. The estimated fair values at year end should not necessarily be considered to apply at subsequent dates.

Other assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as premises and equipment, are not included in the above disclosures. Also, nonfinancial instruments typically not recognized on the balance sheets may have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earnings power of core deposits, the trained workforce, customer goodwill, and similar items.

82

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

Note 16 - Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only)

Presented below is condensed financial information as to financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company:

Condensed Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Assets
Cash on deposit with the Bank	$	3,014	$	3,499
Investment in common stock of the Bank		29,048		21,673
Other assets		130		134
Total assets	$	32,192	$	25,306
Liabilities
Long-term debt	$	3,609	$	3,609
Other liabilities		7		70
Total liabilities		3,616		3,679
Stockholders’ Equity		28,576		21,627
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	32,192	$	25,306

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Income	$	7		$	4
Expenses
Interest expense		70			69
Other expenses		373			327
Total expenses		443			396
Loss before income tax expense and undistributed loss of the bank		(436	)		(392	)
Income tax expense		-			-
Loss before equity in undistributed loss of the bank		(436	)		(392	)
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of the bank		5,819			(2,395	)
Net income (loss)		5,383			(2,787	)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale
Securities		1,557			(2,048	)
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	6,940		$	(4,835	)

83

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

December 31, 2014 and 2013

(Table dollar amounts in thousands, except share data)

Note 16 – Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only) (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,
	2014			2013
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	5,383		$	(2,787	)
Equity in undistributed (income) loss of the Bank		(5,819	)		2,395
Compensation cost of stock options		9			10
Other changes		(58	)		385
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(485	)		3
Investment in Bank		-			(700	)
Financing Activities
Net capital raise proceeds		-			4,100
Net cash provided by financing activities		-			4,100
Net change in cash on deposit with the bank		(485	)		3,403
Cash on deposit with the bank at beginning of year		3,499			96
Cash on deposit with the bank at end of year	$	3,014		$	3,499

NOTE 17 - REGULATORY AND SUPERVISORY MATTERS

As previously disclosed, on January 10, 2014, the Bank received notification from the FDIC and the IDFPR that the Order to the Bank by the FDIC and IDFPR on January 21, 2011 was terminated effective January 10, 2014. The material terms and conditions of the Order were previously disclosed in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 26, 2011. In connection with the termination of the Order, the Bank agreed to achieve Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets and total capital at least equal to 12% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014 our Tier 1 and total capital ratios were 7.7% and 13.4%, respectively, compared to 7.7% and 12.9% at September 30, 2014, 7.2% and 12.5% at June 30, 2014, 7.0% and 12.0% at March 31, 2014 and 6.8% and 11.9% at December 31, 2013, respectively.

NOTE 18 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On March 2, 2015, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Wintrust Financial Corporation (“Wintrust”), an Illinois corporation, and Wintrust Merger Sub LLC (“Merger Co.”), an Illinois limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Wintrust. The Merger Agreement provides for, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, the acquisition of the Company by Wintrust for aggregate consideration intended to total $42,375,000, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the Merger Agreement, as described further below. The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company will merge with and into Merger Co. (the “Merger”), with Merger Co. as the surviving corporation in the Merger. The Merger Agreement also provides that, following the approval of certain amendments to the Company’s articles of incorporation by the Company’s stockholders, each outstanding share of the Company’s Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and Series E preferred stock (collectively, the “Company Preferred Stock”) will automatically convert into shares of Company common stock immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), without any action on the part of the holder (the “Preferred Stock Conversion”). The Merger Agreement also contemplates that, prior to the closing date of the Merger, each option granted by the Company to purchase Company common stock that is outstanding and unexercised as of the date of the Merger Agreement will be terminated, cancelled and redeemed by the Company, and holders of such options will not be entitled to receive the merger consideration.

84

At the Effective Time, shares of Company common stock outstanding (including shares of Company Preferred Stock which will have been converted into Company common stock in connection with the Preferred Stock Conversion and excluding shares held by the Company and its subsidiary bank and dissenting shares) will be converted into the right to receive the merger consideration, which is intended to be paid approximately 50% in cash and approximately 50% in shares of Wintrust common stock. The total number of shares of Wintrust common stock to be issued to Company stockholders will be calculated by dividing $21,187,500 by the average, calculated for the ten trading day period ending on the second trading day preceding the closing date of the Merger, of the volume-weighted average price of Wintrust’s common stock for each trading day during such period(the “Wintrust Common Stock Price”); provided, however, that if the Wintrust Common Stock Price is less than $42.50, then the number of Wintrust common shares to be issued to Company stockholders will be 498,530, and if the Wintrust Common Stock Price is greater than $52.50, then the number of Wintrust common shares to be issued to Company stockholders shall be 403,572, subject in each case to adjustment as set forth in the Merger Agreement. If the Company fails to achieve a specified adjusted net worth, calculated as set forth in the Merger Agreement, as of the closing, then the aggregate consideration to be paid to Company stockholders shall be reduced dollar-for-dollar by an amount equal to the amount of such shortfall, as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

The completion of the Merger is subject to certain closing conditions, including, among others, (i) the receipt of required regulatory approvals and expiration of required regulatory waiting periods; (ii) receipt of requisite approvals by the Company’s stockholders of the Merger and other transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, including the Preferred Stock Conversion; (iii) the absence of dissenting stockholders representing greater than 5% of the shares of outstanding common stock of the Company (including shares of Company Preferred Stock which will have been converted into Company common stock in connection with the Preferred Stock Conversion); (iv) the absence of certain litigation or orders; and (v) the filing by the Company with appropriate tax authorities of certain amendments to the Company’s consolidated federal and state income tax returns.

The Merger Agreement provides certain termination rights for both Wintrust and the Company and further provides that a termination fee of either $900,000 or $1,750,000, plus documented out-of-pocket expenses and costs not to exceed $325,000, will be payable by the Company upon termination of the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances. The Merger Agreement also provides that a termination fee of $900,000, plus documented out-of-pocket expenses and costs not to exceed $325,000, will be payable by Wintrust upon termination of the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances.

85

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

An evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15 (e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2014. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

There have been no changes in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting during the Company’s last fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2014, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Company management has always understood and accepted responsibility for our financial statements and related disclosures and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting (“internal control”). Just as we do throughout all aspects of our business, we continuously strive to identify opportunities to enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of internal control.

Based on our assessment as of December 31, 2014, we make the following assertion:

- Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting of the Company. The internal control contains monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified.

- There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal controls can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of internal controls may vary over time.

- Management evaluated the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. The assessment was based on the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Framework.

Based on this assessment, management believes that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

86

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Board of Directors

The Company’s Board of Directors is currently comprised of eight directors who are annually elected for a one-year term. The same individuals comprise the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank.

Information about the Company’s directors is set forth below. Unless otherwise indicated, each person has held his or her current occupation for the past five years. The age indicated for each individual is as of December 31, 2014. The dates shown for service as a director of the Company include service as a director of the Bank.

Penny A. Belke, DDS, has been a dentist and has owned and operated her practice in Glen Ellyn, Illinois since 1980. Age 63. Director since 2004.

Dr. Belke’s strong ties to the community, through her dental practice and involvement in civic organizations, provide the Board with valuable insight regarding the local business and consumer environment.

Raymond A. Dieter, MD, was a surgeon with the DuPage Medical Group, a surgery and health care clinic located in Glen Ellyn, Illinois, from 1969 to 2013. Dr. Dieter is Vice President and a past President of the Center for Surgery, an outpatient and surgery clinic located in Naperville, Illinois, since 1990. Age 80. Director since 1994.

Dr. Dieter’s strong ties to the community, through his surgical practice and involvement in civic organizations, provide the Board with valuable insight regarding the local business and consumer environment.

Christopher M. Hurst has served as Portfolio Manager at Oak Mountain Advisors since 2014. Mr. Hurst served as an Analyst at Dune Capital, an investment research company, from 2004 to 2013. Age 46.

Mr. Hurst’s background and experience provides the Board with important financial knowledge and insight necessary to assess issues facing a public company.

Mary Beth Moran is a certified public accountant and registered investment advisor. She has been a partner in the CPA firm of Kirkby, Phelan and Associates, located in Bloomingdale, Illinois, since 1994. Age 44. Director since 2004.

As a certified public accountant and registered investment advisor, Ms. Moran provides the Board of Directors with experience regarding accounting and financial matters.

John M. Mulherin is of counsel with Mulherin, Rehfeldt & Varchetto, P.C., Attorneys at Law, a professional corporation engaged in the practice of law and located in Wheaton, Illinois. Mr. Mulherin continues to practice law with Mulherin, Rehfeldt & Varchetto, P.C., but no longer has an ownership interest in the firm. Age 72. Director since 1995.

As an attorney, Mr. Mulherin effectively provides the Board with important legal knowledge and insight necessary to assess issues facing a public company.

87

Daniel Strauss is a Portfolio Manager for Clinton Group, Inc. Mr. Strauss has served as a Senior Strategist for Clinton Group, Inc.’s private and public equity investment teams since joining the firm in 2010. Prior to that time, Mr. Strauss was an Associate in the private equity investment group of Angelo Gordon & Co. from 2008 to 2010 and served in the mergers and acquisitions group of Houlihan Lokey from 2006 to 2008. Mr. Strauss also currently serves as a director of Pacific Mercantile Bancorp (ticker: PMBC) and the Vice President of Acquisitions for ROI Acquisition Corp. (ticker: ROIQ). Age 30. Director since 2013.

Mr. Strauss’ background and experience provides the Board with important financial knowledge and insight necessary to assess issues facing a public company.

Philip Timyan is the retired Managing Member of Riggs Qualified Partners LLC, a position he held from 1999 to 2010. Age 57.

Mr. Timyan’s background and experience provides the Board with important financial knowledge and insight necessary to assess issues facing a public company.

Donald H. Wilson has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank since August 2013. Prior to his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Wilson served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Stone Pillar Advisors, Ltd., a financial services strategic consulting firm, since June 2009. Mr. Wilson, who has more than 25 years of experience in the banking industry, began his career at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, serving in the bank examination and economic research divisions, and has subsequently held executive management positions at several large financial institutions and financial services companies. Prior to June 2009, Mr. Wilson was the Chief Operating Officer at Amcore Financial. Age 55.

Mr. Wilson’s extensive experience in the banking industry and significant regulatory experience affords the Board valuable insight regarding the business and operations of the Company and Bank. Mr. Wilson’s knowledge of all aspects of the Company’s and Bank’s business and history, combined with his success and strategic vision, position him well to continue to serve as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Executive Officers

The Board of Directors annually elects the Company’s executive officers, who serve at the Board’s discretion. Below is information regarding our executive officers who are not also directors. Each executive officer has held his current position for the last five years, unless otherwise stated. The age indicated for each individual is as of December 31, 2014.

Christopher P. Barton has been Vice President and Assistant Secretary of the Company since July 2000. In March 2003, Mr. Barton assumed the duties of Secretary of the Company and the Bank. Mr. Barton has also been Senior Vice President and Assistant Secretary of the Bank since October 1998 and was named Executive Vice President of the Bank in June 2007. Age 56.

Douglas D. Howe has been Executive Vice President of Finance and Administration of the Company and the Bank since January 2014. Mr. Howe was a self-employed banking consultant from November 2010 to December 2013. Prior to that time, Mr. Howe served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of Amcore Bank, N.A. from February 2006 until Amcore Bank, N.A. was acquired by BMO Harris Bank in April 2010. Following the acquisition, Mr. Howe remained with BMO Harris Bank from April 2010 to October 2010 to assist with the integration process. Age 43.

88

Jeffrey A. Vock has been Vice President and Assistant Secretary of the Company and Senior Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Bank since February 2009. Prior thereto, Mr. Vock was President of Inland Bank and Trust from 2003 until 2008 and previously was Senior Vice President of Inland Bank and Trust from 2001 until 2003. Age 56.

Eric J. Wedeen has been Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary of the Company and Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank since January 2007. Prior thereto, Mr. Wedeen was Vice President and Controller of Midwest Bank and Trust Company from May 2006 to January 2007 and previously was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of EFC Bancorp from December 2002 until January 2006. Age 51.

Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Pursuant to regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act, the Company’s officers, directors and persons who own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock (“Reporting Persons”) are required to file reports detailing their ownership and changes of ownership in such common stock (collectively, “Reports”), and to furnish the Company with copies of all such Reports. Based solely on its review of the copies of such Reports or written representations that no such Reports were necessary that the Company received during the past fiscal year or with respect to the last fiscal year, management believes that during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, Reports were submitted on a timely basis.

Disclosure of Code of Ethics

The Company has adopted a formal Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applies to all directors and employees of the Company and the Bank and sets forth the ethical standards that we expect all of our directors and employees to follow, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. A copy of the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct is incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 14.0 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Corporate Governance

The Company’s Board of Directors maintains an Audit Committee that assists the Board of Directors in its oversight of the Company’s accounting, auditing, internal control structure and financial reporting matters, the quality and integrity of the Company’s financial reports and the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The audit committee is also responsible for engaging the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm and monitoring its conduct and independence. The Audit Committee is comprised of Mary Beth Moran (Chair), John M. Mulherin and Christopher M. Hurst. The Board of Directors has determined that Mrs. Moran is an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined by the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and is independent under the rules of the SEC governing audit committee members. Although the Company’s common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace and is not presently listed on the NASDAQ Stock Market or listed on a national securities exchange, and as such is not subject to the corporate governance requirements of NASDAQ, the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise, the Company firmly believes that sound corporate governance is in its best interest and that of its stockholders. As a result, the Board of Directors has examined the composition of the Audit Committee in light of applicable federal law and the rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market governing audit committees, and has confirmed that all members of the Audit Committee are “independent” within the meaning of those rules.

89

Board Leadership Structure and Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

The Company’s Board of Directors endorses the view that one of its primary functions is to protect stockholders’ interests by providing independent oversight of management, including the President and Chief Executive Officer. However, the Board does not believe that mandating a particular structure, such as designating an independent lead director or having a separate Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is necessary to achieve effective oversight. As a result, the Board has not designated an independent lead director. The Board of the Company is currently comprised of eight directors, seven of whom are independent directors under the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The Chairman of the Board has no greater nor lesser vote on matters considered by the Board than any other director. All directors of the Company, including the Chairman, are bound by fiduciary obligations, imposed by law, to serve the best interests of the stockholders. Accordingly, separating the offices of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer would not serve to materially enhance or diminish the fiduciary duties of any director of the Company.

Risk is inherent with every business, and how well a business manages risk can ultimately determine its success. We face a number of risks, including credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, operational risk, strategic risk and reputation risk. Management is responsible for the day-to-day management of risks the Company faces, while the Board, as a whole and through its committees, has the responsibility for the oversight of risk management. In its risk oversight role, the Board of Directors has the responsibility to satisfy itself that the risk management processes designed and implemented by management are adequate and functioning as designed. To do this, the Chairman of the Board meets regularly with management to discuss strategy and risks facing the Company. Senior management attends the Board meetings and is available to address any questions or concerns raised by the Board on risk management and any other matters. The Chairman of the Board and independent members of the Board work together to provide strong, independent oversight of the Company’s management and affairs through its standing committees and, when necessary, special meetings of independent directors.

90

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The following information is furnished for the principal executive officer and the next two most highly compensated executive officers of the Company (our named executive officers) whose total compensation for the year ended December 31, 2014 exceeded $100,000.

Name and			Salary		Bonus		Stock Options		Restricted Stock Unit		Change in Pension Value and Non-qualified Deferred Compensation		All Other- Compensation		Total
Principal Position	Year		($)		($)		(2)($)		Award($)		Earnings ($)		(3)($)		($)
Donald H. Wilson (1)		2014		265,200 (4)		106,250		—		—		—		—		371,450
President & Chief Executive Officer		2013		102,847 (4)		—		—		—		—		—		102,847
Community Financial Shares, Inc.
Jeffrey A. Vock		2014		152,880		45,600		—		—		—		11,439		209,919
Vice President, Assistant Secretary		2013		152,880		13,732		—		—		—		10,366		176,978
Community Financial Shares, Inc.
Christopher P. Barton		2014		142,233		35,575		—		—		—		6,411		184,219
Vice President & Secretary		2013		142,233		12,776		—		—		—		8,162		163,171
Community Financial Shares, Inc.

(1) On August 15, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Company and the Bank appointed Donald H. Wilson as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank effective August 15, 2013 at an annual salary of $250,000.

(2) These amounts reflect the aggregate grant date fair value for outstanding stock option awards granted during the year indicated, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. For information on the assumptions used to compute the fair value, see note 14 to the consolidated financial statements. The actual value, if any, realized by an executive officer from any option will depend on the extent to which the market value of the common stock exceeds the exercise price of the option on the date the option is exercised. Accordingly, there is no assurance that the value realized by an executive officer will be at or near the value estimated above. Mr. Vock had 200 options vest at a fair value of $2.35 in 2014.

(3) Represents perquisites and other compensation and benefits received in 2014 as follows: Mr. Barton - use of Company-owned automobile valued at $6,411; and Mr. Vock – use of Company-owned automobile valued at $11,439.

(4) Includes directors’ fees of $15,200 and $8,150 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Other Compensatory Arrangements

The Bank currently maintains change-in-control agreements with Donald H. Wilson, Christopher P. Barton, Jeffrey A. Vock, Douglas Howe and Eric J. Wedeen. For a description of the benefits payable to Messrs. Wilson, Barton, Vock. Howe and Wedeen under their change-in-control agreements upon a change in control of the Company, see “—Potential Payments Upon Change in Control.”

In addition, as a component of annual compensation, (i) all officers of the Company with the title of Assistant Vice President or Vice President may receive a cash payment subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors as determined from time to time during the course of the year, and (ii) all officers of the Company with the title of Senior Vice President and higher may receive a cash payment, subject to the discretion of the Board of Directors as determined from time to time during the course of the year.

91

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End 2014

The following table provides information concerning exercisable options and unexercised options that have not vested for each named executive officer outstanding as of December 31, 2014. The table also discloses the exercise price and the expiration date. With the exception of Mr. Vock, no other named executive officer had any outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2014.

Name	Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) Exercisable		Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) Unexercisable		Option Exercise Price ($)		Option Expiration Date
Jeffrey A. Vock		1,200		1,000	$	14.00		2/18/2019

Pension Benefits / Non-qualified Defined Contribution and Other Non-qualified Deferred Compensation

The Company maintains a Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan, which is a combination of 401(k) deferrals by the employees, matching by the Company and “profit sharing” contributions by the Company, to give employees the opportunity to save for retirement on a tax-deferred basis. Total 401(k) deferrals in any taxable year may not exceed the dollar limit that is set by law. In 2014 this amount was $17,500 and $23,000 for those over the age of 50. Each year the Company may contribute matching profit sharing contributions for its employees. In 2014, the Company did not make contributions to any of the named executive officer’s individual Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan.

Potential Payments Upon Change in Control

Change in Control Agreements with Messrs. Wilson and Howe. On May 16, 2014, the Bank entered into a change in control agreement with each of Donald Wilson and Douglas Howe. The agreements, which became effective as of May 16, 2014, each provide for a two-year term. The term of each agreement automatically extends for an additional one-year term on each annual anniversary of the effective date of the agreement until the Bank gives the executive notice of its intent not to renew the agreement, at which time the term of the agreement will expire on the one-year anniversary of the most recent renewal date.

The change in control agreements each provide that if, within one year following a “change in control” of the Company or Bank (as defined in the agreement), (i) the Bank terminates the executive’s employment other than for “cause” (as defined in the agreement), death or disability or (ii) the executive terminates his employment for “good reason” (as defined in the agreement), then the Bank shall make a lump sum cash payment to the executive within 60 days of his termination of employment equal to 12 months of the greater of (i) the executive’s monthly base salary as of the date of termination or (ii) the executive’s monthly base salary as of the effective date of the change in control of the Bank. In addition, each executive will generally be entitled to receive all amounts or benefits to which he is entitled prior to his date of termination under any plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement of the Bank. The payment of such severance benefit to an executive will be contingent upon the executive’s execution of a waiver and release of claims to the Bank within 30 days of his termination date and will be subject to certain excise tax limitations and the provisions of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

92

Each change in control agreement further provides that if, within one year following a change in control of the Company or Bank, an executive is terminated by the Bank for cause or terminates his employment other than for good reason, the executive will only be entitled to receive (i) his base salary though the date of termination and (ii) all amounts or benefits to which the executive is entitled through the date of termination under any plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement of the Bank.

Change in Control Agreements with Messrs. Barton, Vock and Wedeen. The Bank is also a party to change-in-control agreements with Christopher Barton, Jeffrey Vock and Eric Wedeen. The letter agreements provide for enumerated benefits to be provided by the Bank to the executive officers upon the occurrence of certain events within 18 months after a change of control of the Company or the Bank.

Each letter agreement provides for the payment of severance benefits, if, at any time within 18 months following a change of control, the officer’s employment is terminated as a result of (i) his disability, death or retirement pursuant to any retirement plan or policy of the Bank of general application to key employees; (ii) the essential elements of the officer’s position being materially reduced without good cause, each without the officer’s voluntary consent; (iii) a material reduction in the officer’s aggregate compensation, not related to or resulting from documented, diminished performance; or (iv) the officer being required to regularly perform services at a location which is greater than 50 miles from his principal office at the time of the change of control.

The severance benefits to be provided are an immediate lump-sum cash payment equal to nine months of the terminated executive’s current annual salary, exclusive of periodic bonus compensation, plus any unused earned vacation time and continued medical and life insurance coverage to the officer and his family for a maximum of nine months. Upon termination of the insurance coverage, the officer is entitled to exercise the policy options normally available to the Bank’s employees upon termination of employment (for example, the officer may elect to continue coverage under COBRA).

The Company entered into the change-of-control agreements because if a change of control should occur, the Company wants its executives to be focused on the business of reorganization and the interests of shareholders. In addition, the Company believes the agreements are consistent with market practice and assist the Company in retaining its executive talent.

2013 Stock Incentive Plan

On January 3, 2014, the stockholders of the Company consented to the approval of the Company’s 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2013 Stock Incentive Plan”). Employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or its affiliates are eligible to participate in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. The 2013 Stock Incentive Plan authorizes awards in any of the following forms: (1) options to purchase shares of Company common stock, which may either be non-statutory stock options or incentive stock options under Section 422 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, as amended; (2) restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards; and (3) stock appreciation rights.

The Board of Directors has reserved a total of 2,900,000 shares of Company common stock for issuance upon the grant or exercise of awards made pursuant to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. It is anticipated that key personnel and consultants of the Company and its affiliates will participate in the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. However, the Company has not yet awarded any grants under the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

93

Separation Agreement with Former President and Chief Executive Officer

On December 4, 2013, the Bank entered into a Separation Agreement and General Release of All Claims (the “Separation Agreement”) with Scott W. Hamer, the former President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Bank.

Pursuant to the terms of the Separation Agreement, Mr. Hamer agreed to resign as a director of the Company and the Bank effective immediately. In exchange for Mr. Hamer’s execution of the Separation Agreement, the Bank agreed, subject to the non-objection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under 12 C.F.R. Part 359, to provide Mr. Hamer with: (1) periodic severance payments representing up to 21 weeks’ base salary in amount not exceed an aggregate of $79,153.84, less applicable state and federal withholding taxes; (2) payments equal to $700 per month from August 2013 through January 2014 as a subsidy for payments Mr. Hamer was obligated to make with respect to any election under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“COBRA”); (3) a $1,500 payment for the reimbursement of country club dues; and (4) forgiveness of the $11,430 remaining balance of Mr. Hamer’s loan from the Bank for a country club membership. The Separation Agreement provided that Mr. Hamer would no longer be entitled to receive the severance payments or the COBRA payments described in (1) and (2) above if he accepted a full-time position with another employer that pays him an annual salary of $100,000 or more before the expiration of the periods in which the Company is obligated to provide such severance and/or COBRA payments under the Separation Agreement.

Under the Separation Agreement, Mr. Hamer also agreed to unconditionally and irrevocably waive, release and discharge the Bank and any of its affiliates, including the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, from all claims related in any way to transactions or occurrences between Mr. Hamer and the Bank or its affiliates, including, but not limited to, any claims related to Mr. Hamer’s employment or service as a director of the Company and the Bank and the termination of such employment or service.

94

Director Compensation

The following table provides information with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. No director listed in the table below was granted any restricted stock or option awards in fiscal year 2014.

	Fees Earned Paid in Cash ($)		Change in Pension Value and Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)(1)		All Other Compensation ($)		Total ($)
Penny Belke		15,200		—		—		15,200
Raymond Dieter		15,200		—		—		15,200
Mary Beth Moran		16,175		—		—		16,175
John Mulherin		15,525		—		—		15,525
Daniel Strauss		14,100		—		—		14,100
Christopher Hurst		14,100		—		—		14,100
Philip Timyan		14,100		—		—		14,100

(1) The amount in this column represents the aggregate increase in the present value of each director's accumulated benefit under the Director's Retirement Plan. Also, included in this column are the earnings and fees deferred by the Director under the Company's voluntary deferred compensation plan.

Board Fees. Directors of the Company were paid an annual retainer of $2,000 for 2014 and a fee of $1,100 for each Board meeting attended in 2014.

Directors Retirement Plan. The directors of the Bank also participate in the Directors Retirement Plan. Under the plan, during the term of a director’s service, the Bank accrues an amount equal to the director’s annual retainer fee. If a director retires prior to age 75, accrued benefits are prorated based on years of service. If a director retires after age 75 (or after 13 years of service) 100% of the accrued benefits are paid out in 120 equal monthly installments, or, at the retired director’s election, in a lump sum discounted at 6%. In the event of a director’s death, the Bank shall pay the benefit to the beneficiary in the form elected by the Participant. In the event of a director’s disability that prevents further service, the accrued benefits are paid out in 120 equal monthly installments. On November 21, 2013, the Board of Directors of the Bank approved the discontinuance of the Bank’s future sponsorship of the Directors Retirement Plan with respect to all plan participants effective as of November 21, 2013. As a result, the Bank no longer credits further accruals of benefits under the plan effective as of November 30, 2013, although vesting of previously-credited amounts will continue.

Deferred Compensation Plan. The Bank maintains a voluntary deferred compensation plan in which directors may defer receipt of any part or all of their respective directors fees, including retainer and committee fees. The deferred fees are credited to an account for the director, which is also credited with an amount determined by multiplying the balance of the account by a rate of interest adjusted annually. The interest amount is credited on December 31st of each year. The directors had the option of receiving their benefits in 1) 120 equal monthly installment payments, 2) 60 equal monthly installment payments, or 3) a lump sum following the end of the director’s term due to resignation, removal, or failure to be re-elected.

95

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table indicates, as of March 2, 2015, the number of shares of voting securities beneficially owned by each greater than five percent holder of the Company’s outstanding voting securities.

Each share of Series C Preferred Stock is convertible immediately, at the sole discretion of the holder, initially into 100 shares of Company common stock, provided, however, that a holder may not convert shares of the Series C Preferred Stock to the extent that such conversion would result in the holder or its affiliates beneficially owning more than 9.9% or 4.9%, as applicable, of the Company’s outstanding common stock. If, pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the holder acquired either (i) solely shares of Series C Preferred Stock, or a combination of Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, in each case, that, together with Company voting securities acquired by its affiliates, constituted more than 4.9% of the Company’s voting securities, or (ii) shares of both Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, then the 9.9% conversion blocker will be applicable to such investor and its transferees. If, pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, the holder acquired either (i) solely Series C Preferred Stock, or a combination of Series C Preferred Stock and common stock, in each case, that, together with Company voting securities acquired by its affiliates, constituted 4.9% or less of the Company’s voting securities, or (ii) both Series C Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, then the 4.9% conversion blocker will be applicable to such investor and its transferees. Accordingly, the number of shares of common stock and percentage common stock reflected in the following table includes those shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Shares of Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock are convertible into shares of Series C Preferred Stock on a one-for-one basis, provided, however, that no such conversion results in any person, together with its affiliates, holding more than a 9.9% or 4.9% voting ownership interest, respectively, in the Company.

For more information on the conversion rights of the Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock, see the footnotes applicable to each beneficial owner.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner	Number of Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned Giving Effect to Preferred Stock Conversion Blockers		Percent of Common Stock Beneficially Owned Giving Effect to Preferred Stock Conversion Blockers (1)			Additional Shares of Common Stock Excluded from Beneficial Ownership Due to Preferred Stock Conversion Blockers		Total Shares of Common Stock Owned Absent Preferred Stock Conversion Blockers
SBAV LP SBAV GP LLC Clinton Special Opportunities Fund, Ltd. George Hall Clinton Group, Inc. 601 Lexington Avenue, 51st Floor New York, New York 10022		1,150,035 (2)		9.9	%		6,296,665		7,446,700
Wellington Management Company, LLP Wellington Hedge Management, LLC 280 Congress Street Boston, Massachusetts 02210		1,150,035 (3)		9.9	%		1,810,765		2,960,800
Fullerton Capital Partners LP 3047 Fillmore Street San Francisco, California 94123		1,184,702 (4)		9.9	%		1,314,598		2,499,300

96

Philip J. Timyan 4324 Central Avenue Western Springs, Illinois 60558	1,184,702 (5)	9.9	%	315,298	1,500,000
Otter Creek Partners I Otter Creek International Ltd Otter Creek Management, Inc. 222 Lakeview Avenue West Palm Beach, Florida 33401	920,000 (6)	8.53	%	—	920,000
Beth and Ken Karmin Family Trust 1555 Capri Drive Pacific Palisades, California 90272	558,708 (7)	5.18	%	—	558,708

(1) Based on 10,781,988 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 2, 2015, plus all shares of common stock issuable to the shareholder upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock currently held by the shareholder, to the extent that such conversion is not prohibited by the blocker provisions applicable to the Series C Preferred Stock. For purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that no other shareholders have converted any shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(2) Includes 315,500 shares of common stock and 834,535 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Excludes (i) 1,096,365 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock held by SBAV LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“SBAV”) and Clinton Special Opportunities Fund, Ltd. (“CSO”), and (ii) 5,200,300 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series D Preferred Stock held by SBAV because of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock conversion blockers. Without the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock conversion blockers, the shareholders would be deemed to beneficially own 7,446,700 shares of common stock. SBAV GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“SBAV GP”), as the general partner of SBAV and Clinton Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CGI”), by virtue of being the investment manager of SBAV and CSO, have the power to vote or direct the voting and to dispose or direct the disposition of, all of the Shares beneficially owned by SBAV and CSO. George Hall, as the sole managing member of SBAV GP and President of CGI, is deemed to have shared voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to all Shares as to which SBAV, SBAV GP and CGI have voting power or dispositive power. Accordingly, SBAV, SBAV GP, CSO, CGI and Mr. Hall are deemed to have shared voting and shared dispositive power with respect to all of the Company’s securities beneficially owned by SBAV. SBAV GP, CSO, CGI and Mr. Hall disclaim beneficial ownership of any and all such securities in excess of their actual pecuniary interest therein.

(3) Includes 315,500 shares of common stock and 834,535 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Excludes (i) 1,096,365 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and (ii) 714,400 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series D Preferred Stock because of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock conversion blockers. Without the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock conversion blockers, the shareholders would be deemed to beneficially own 2,960,800 shares of common stock.

(4) Includes 1,184,702 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Excludes (i) 686,598 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and (ii) 628,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series D Preferred Stock because of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock conversion blockers. Without the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock conversion blockers, the shareholder would be deemed to beneficially own 2,499,300 shares of common stock.

(5) Includes 1,184,702 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Excludes 315,298 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock because of the Series C Preferred Stock conversion blocker. Without the Series C Preferred Stock conversion blocker, the shareholder would be deemed to beneficially own 1,500,000 shares of common stock.

(6) Based on a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC on February 28, 2013. Includes 920,000 shares of common stock.

(7) Includes 558,708 shares of common stock.

97

Security Ownership of Management

The following table indicates, as of March 2, 2015, the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by each director of the Company, the named executive officers of the Company, and all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group.

Name of Beneficial Owner	Number of Shares (1)		Percent of Common Stock Outstanding (2)
Penny A. Belke, DDS		168,412	1.56%
Raymond A. Dieter, Jr., MD		102,312(3)	0.95
Douglas D. Howe		200,000	1.86
Christopher M. Hurst		20,000	0.19
Mary Beth Moran		61,202(4)	0.57
John M. Mulherin		21,501(5)	0.20
Daniel Strauss		—	—
Donald H. Wilson		500,000(6)	4.64
Philip J. Timyan		1,184,702(7)	10.99
Christopher P. Barton		169,242	1.57
Jeffrey A. Vock		51,200(8)	0.48
Eric J. Wedeen		251,550(9)	2.33
All Directors  and Executive Officers as a Group (12 Persons)		2,730,121	25.32

(1) Includes shares issuable pursuant to stock options currently exercisable within 60 days of March 2, 2015, as follows: Mr. Vock – 1,200 shares and Mr. Wedeen – 1,550 shares.

(2) Based on 10,781,988 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 2, 2015 for all directors and executive officers except for Messrs. Wilson, Timyan, Vock, Wedeen.  For each of Messrs. Wilson, Timyan, Vock and Wedeen, based on 10,781,988 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 2, 2015, plus all shares of common stock issuable to the individual upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock currently held by the individual, to the extent that such conversion is not prohibited by the blocker provisions applicable to the Series C Preferred Stock.  For purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that no other shareholders have converted any shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(3) Includes 2,776 shares held in a trust of which Dr. Dieter’s spouse is trustee.

(4) Includes 902 shares held in joint tenancy of which Ms. Moran has shared investment and voting power.

(5) Includes 6,264 shares held in joint tenancy of which Mr. Mulherin has shared investment and voting power and 1,208 shares held by Mr. Mulherin’s spouse in an IRA.

(6) Includes 100,000 shares of common stock and 400,000 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock, all of which are held in joint tenancy of which Mr. Wilson has shared investment and voting power.

(7) Includes 1,184,702 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Excludes 315,298 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock because of the Series C Preferred Stock conversion blocker. Without the Series C Preferred Stock conversion blocker, the shareholder would be deemed to beneficially own 1,500,000 shares of common stock.

(8) Includes 50,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

(9) Includes 250,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the conversion of shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

98

Changes In Control

Management of the Company knows of no arrangements, including any pledge by any person or securities of the Company, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of the registrant.

Equity Compensation Plan Information as of December 31, 2014

	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Weighted Average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights		Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans*
	A		B		C
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders		20,680	$	18.97		2,994,695
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders		-		N/A		-
Total		20,680				2,994,695

* Excluding securities reflected in column A.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

Loans and Extensions of Credit. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits loans by the Company to its executive officers and directors. However, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans by the Bank to its executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. Federal regulations require that all loans or extensions of credit to executive officers and directors of insured financial institutions must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. The Bank is therefore prohibited from making any new loans or extensions of credit to executive officers and directors at different rates or terms than those offered to the general public. Notwithstanding this rule, federal regulations permit the Bank to make loans to executive officers and directors at reduced interest rates if the loan is made under a benefit program generally available to all other employees and does not give preference to any executive officer or director over any other employee, although the Bank does not currently have such a program in place. Aside from lending relationships, the Company and the Bank, in the ordinary course of business, also periodically transact business with entities in which the Company’s directors have a material interest.

99

The Board of Directors periodically reviews, no less frequently than quarterly, a summary of the Company’s transactions with directors and executive officers of the Company and with firms that employ directors, as well as any other related person transactions, for the purpose of determining whether the transactions are fair, reasonable and within Company policy and should be ratified and approved. Also, in accordance with banking regulations and its policy, the Board of Directors reviews all loans made to a director or executive officer in an amount that, when aggregated with the amount of all other loans to such person and his or her related interests, exceed the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the Company’s capital and surplus (up to a maximum of $500,000) and such loan must be approved in advance by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. Additionally, pursuant to the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, all executive officers and directors of the Company must disclose any existing or potential conflicts of interest to the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company. Such potential conflicts of interest include, but are not limited to, the following: (1) owning a material financial interest in a competitor of the Company or an entity that does business or seeks to do business with the Company; (2) being employed by, performing services for, serving as an officer of, or serving on the Board of Directors of any such entity; (3) making an investment that could compromise an individual’s ability to perform his or her duties to the Company; and (4) having an immediate family member who engages in any of the activities identified above.

The aggregate outstanding balance of loans by the Bank to directors, executive officers and their related parties was $756,000 at December 31, 2014. All loans made by the Bank to related persons have been made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Bank.

Other Transactions. Since January 1, 2012, there have been no transactions and there are no currently proposed transactions in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any of our executive officers or directors had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Director Independence

The Board of Directors has determined that all directors are independent under the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and applicable federal law, except for Donald H. Wilson, whom we have employed as President and Chief Executive Officer since August 15, 2013.

Although our common stock is quoted on the OTC Pink Marketplace and is not presently listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market or listed on a national securities exchange, and as such is not subject to the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq, the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise, we firmly believe that sound corporate governance is in our best interest and that of our stockholders. To that end, the Board of Directors has adopted the definition of director independence that is set forth in Nasdaq’s listing standards. In determining the independence of its directors, the Board of Directors considered loans that the Bank directly or indirectly made to Directors Belke, Moran and Mulherin. All loans made by the Bank to related persons have been made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the Bank.

John M. Mulherin is of-counsel with Mulherin, Rehfeldt & Varchetto, a professional corporation engaged in the practice of law, and has provided regular legal counsel to the Company and the Bank in the ordinary course of business. Fees paid to Mulherin, Rehfeldt & Varchetto in 2014 totaled $5,800. We believe that the fees paid to Mulherin, Rehfeldt & Varchetto were based on normal terms and conditions as would apply to unaffiliated clients of those firms.

100

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees billed to the Company for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 by BKD LLP:

	2014		2013
Audit Fees(1)	$	98,300	$	121,500
Audit-Related Fees		—		—
Tax Fees(2)		13,590		8,700
All Other Fees		9,000		8,500
Total Fees	$	120,890	$	138,700

(1) Includes fees for professional services rendered for audits of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, reviews of condensed consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Forms 10-Q, and assistance with regulatory filings. All of the fees were pre-approved by the Audit Committee in accordance with the Committee’s pre-approval policy.

(2) Includes fees primarily related to tax return preparation and review and tax planning and advice.

In approving fees, other than Audit Fees, the Audit Committee considers whether the provision of services described above under “All Other Fees” is compatible with maintaining the auditor’s independence. During 2014 and 2013, all fees paid to BKD LLP were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee is responsible for appointing, setting compensation, and overseeing the work of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, in advance, all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm to ensure that the external auditor does not provide any non-audit services to the Company that are prohibited by law or regulation. In addition, the Audit Committee has established a policy regarding pre-approval of all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. Requests for services by the independent registered public accounting firm for compliance with the auditor services policy must be specific as to the particular services to be provided. The request may be made with respect to either specific services or a type of service for predictable or recurring services. During the year ended December 31, 2014, all services were approved, in advance, by the Audit Committee in compliance with these procedures.

101

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) and (2) The following is a list of the financial statements of Community Financial Shares, Inc. included in this annual report on Form 10-K which are filed herewith in response to Part II Item 8:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

(a)(3) The exhibits listed on the Exhibit Index of this Form 10-K are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other filings. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement of the Company listed on the Exhibit Index is separately identified by an asterisk.

102

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC.
	Registrant
By	/s/ Donald H. Wilson
	President and Chief Executive
	Officer
Date	March 13, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on March 13, 2015 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.

Signature	Title
/s/ Donald H. Wilson	Director, President and Chief Executive
Donald H. Wilson	Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
/s/ Eric J. Wedeen	Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Eric J. Wedeen	(Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)
/s/ Penny A. Belke	Director
Penny A. Belke
/s/ Raymond A. Dieter, Jr.	Director
Raymond A. Dieter, Jr.
/s/ Mary Beth Moran	Director
Mary Beth Moran
/s/ John M. Mulherin	Director
John M. Mulherin
/s/ Daniel Strauss	Director
Daniel Strauss
/s/ Philip Timyan	Director
Philip Timyan
/s/ Christopher M. Hurst	Director
Christopher M. Hurst

103

EXHIBIT INDEX

2.1	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 2, 2015 Wintrust Financial Corporation, Wintrust Merger Sub LLC and Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on 8-K filed on March 2, 2015)
3.1	Articles of Incorporation of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 29, 2013)
3.2	Bylaws of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 29, 2013)
4.1	Specimen Common Stock Certificate (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2013)
4.2	Community Bank–Wheaton/Glen Ellyn Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, as amended effective November 29, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006)
4.3	Certificate of Designations establishing Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, of Community Financial Shares, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2009)
4.4	Form of Stock Certificate for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2009)
4.5	Certificate of Designations establishing Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, of Community Financial Shares, Inc.  (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2009)
4.6	Form of Stock Certificate for Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 20, 2009)
4.7	Articles Supplementary establishing Series C Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 29, 2013)
4.8	Form of Stock Certificate for Series C Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2013)
4.9	Articles Supplementary establishing Series D Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 29, 2013)

104

4.10	Form of Stock Certificate for Series D Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2013)
4.11	Articles Supplementary establishing Series E Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 29, 2013)
4.12	Form of Stock Certificate for Series E Convertible Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter Ended June 30, 2013)
4.13	Guarantee Agreement for Community Financial Shares, Inc. dated as of June 21, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2007)
4.14	Indenture dated as of June 21, 2007 between Community Financial Shares, Inc. as Issuer and Wilmington Trust Company as Trustee for Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due June 21, 2037. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2007)
4.15	Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust for Community Financial Shares Statutory Trust II dated as of June 21, 2007. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 21, 2007)
10.1	Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012, between Community Financial Shares, Inc. and the purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2012)
10.2	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2012, between Community Financial Shares, Inc. and the purchasers identified therein (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 14, 2012)
10.3	Form of Amended Community Bank Directors Retirement Plan Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2014)*
10.4	Form of Amended Community Bank Directors Deferred Compensation Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 28, 2014)*
10.5	Change in Control Agreement between Community Bank – Wheaton/Glen Ellyn and Donald H. Wilson (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2014)*
10.6	Change in Control Agreement between Community Bank – Wheaton/Glen Ellyn and Douglas Howe (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 22, 2014)*
10.7	Change in Control Agreement between Community Bank – Wheaton/Glen Ellyn and Eric J. Wedeen (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008)*

105

10.8	Change in Control Agreement between Community Bank – Wheaton/Glen Ellyn and Christopher P. Barton (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011)*
10.9	Change in Control Agreement between Community Bank – Wheaton/Glen Ellyn and Jeffrey A. Vock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011)*
10.10	Community Financial Shares, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Consent Solicitation Materials on Schedule 14A filed on December 9, 2013)*
10.11	Form of Subscription Agreement between Community Financial Shares, Inc. and Certain Accredited Investors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 29, 2013)
14.0	Code of Ethics (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.0 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006)
21.0	Subsidiaries of Registrant (Filed herewith)
23.0	Consent of BKD LLP (Filed herewith)
31.1	Certificate pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Filed herewith)
31.2	Certificate pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Filed herewith)
32.1	Certification of CEO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Filed herewith)
32.2	Certification of CFO pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Filed herewith)
101.1	The following materials for year ended December 31, 2014, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (vi) the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. (Filed herewith)

* Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

106

EX-21.0

Exhibit 21.0

COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SUBSIDIARIES

Name	State of Organization	Ownership
Community Bank – Wheaton/Glen Ellyn	Illinois	100% of stock owned by Community Financial Shares, Inc.
Community Financial Shares Statutory Trust II	Delaware	100% of stock owned by Community Financial Shares, Inc.

EX-23.0

Exhibit 23.0

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements of Community Financial Shares, Inc. on Form S-8 (File Nos. 333-133662 and 333-193338) of our report dated March 13, 2015, on our audits of the consolidated financial statements of Community Financial Shares, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and for the years then ended, which report is included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Community Financial Shares, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014.

Indianapolis, Indiana

March 13, 2015

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Donald H. Wilson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K for the year-ending December 31, 2014 of Community Financial Shares, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	March 13, 2015
By	/s/ Donald H. Wilson, CEO
(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Eric J. Wedeen, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Form 10-K for the year-ending December 31, 2014 of Community Financial Shares, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date:	March 13, 2015
By	/s/ Eric J. Wedeen, CFO
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF CEO PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Donald H. Wilson, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

          (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

          (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Donald H. Wilson, CEO

Donald H. Wilson

Chief Executive Officer

March 13, 2015

* This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF CFO PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Community Financial Shares, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Eric J. Wedeen, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

          (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

          (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

/s/ Eric J. Wedeen, CFO

Eric J. Wedeen

Chief Financial Officer

March 13, 2015

* This certification shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liability of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

XML

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2012
Cash and Cash Equivalents [Line Items]
Fdic Insurance Limit Per Depositor		$ 250,000
Cash, Uninsured Amount	12,200,000
Cash Reserve Deposit Required and Made	2,300,000
Cash, FDIC Insured Amount	$ 20,100,000

XML

Summary of Aggregate Deposits (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Deposit Liabilities [Line Items]
Non-interest bearing DDA	$ 44,754	$ 39,613
NOW	71,492	72,545
Money market	43,666	42,443
Regular savings	71,199	74,389
Certificates and time deposits, $100,000 and over	25,641	32,621
Other certificates and time deposits	48,669	54,098
Total deposits	$ 305,421	$ 315,709

XML

Summary of Nonaccrual Loans by Class (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans in nonaccrual status	$ 2,315	$ 942
Commercial
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans in nonaccrual status	823	437
Residential
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans in nonaccrual status	528	0
Home equity
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Loans in nonaccrual status	$ 964	$ 505

XML

Schedule of Stock Option Activity (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Shares
Outstanding, beginning of year	23,580
Granted	0
Exercised	0
Forfeited or expired	(2,900)
Outstanding, end of year	20,680
Exercisable, end of year	11,265
Weighted-Average Exercise Price
Outstanding, beginning of year	$ 18.95
Granted	$ 0
Exercised	$ 0
Forfeited or expired	$ 18.77
Outstanding, end of year	$ 18.97
Exercisable, end of year	$ 21.27
Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding, end of year	3 years 2 months 23 days
Exercisable, end of year	2 years 6 months 29 days
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, end of year	$ 0
Exercisable, end of year	$ 0

XML

Scheduled Maturities of Certificates of Deposit (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014
Deposit Liabilities [Line Items]
2015	$ 43,712
2016	19,006
2017	8,218
2018	2,677
2019	697
Time Deposits	$ 74,310

XML

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Operating Activities
Net income/(loss)	$ 5,383	$ (2,787)
Compensation cost of stock options	9	10
Financing Activities
Net change in cash on deposit with the bank	(5,938)	(41,468)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	29,553	71,021
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	23,615	29,553
Parent Company [Member]
Operating Activities
Net income/(loss)	5,383	(2,787)
Equity in undistributed (income) loss of the Bank	5,819	(2,395)
Compensation cost of stock options	9	10
Other changes	(58)	385
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	(485)	3
Investment in Bank	0	(700)
Financing Activities
Net capital raise proceeds	0	4,100
Net cash provided by financing activities	0	4,100
Net change in cash on deposit with the bank	(485)	3,403
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	3,499	96
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$ 3,014	$ 3,499

XML

Loans to Related Parties (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 1,006	$ 2,432
New loans including renewals	113	156
Payments, etc., including renewals	(363)	(1,582)
Ending balance	$ 756	$ 1,006

XML

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

The following is an analysis of the Company’s basic and diluted EPS, reflecting the application of the two-class method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
Net income available for distribution	$	5,383
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities		(3,442)
Income attributable to common shareholders	$	1,941
Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS		10,781,988
Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock		-
Effect of dilutive stock options		30
Average common and common-equivalent shares for dilutive EPS		10,782,018
Basic	$	0.18
Diluted	$	0.18

	2013
Net income available for distribution	$	(2,787)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities		-
Income attributable to common shareholders	$	(2,787)
Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS		7,278,781
Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock		-
Effect of dilutive stock options		-
Average common and common-equivalent shares for dilutive EPS		7,278,781
Basic	$	(0.38)
Diluted	$	(0.38)

XML

REGULATORY AND SUPERVISORY MATTERS - Additional Information (Detail)	1 Months Ended
	Jan. 21, 2011	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Compliance with Regulatory Capital Requirements under Banking Regulations [Line Items]
Entry date into stipulation and consent with FDIC and IDFPR	Jan. 21, 2011
Bank's Risk Tier 1 ratio	8.00%	7.70%	7.70%	7.20%	7.00%	6.80%
Bank's Risk-based capital ratio	12.00%	13.40%	12.90%	12.50%	12.00%	11.90%

XML

Available for Sale Securities Recorded at Fair Value (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	$ 105,985	$ 95,829
U.S. government agency debt securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	7,738	11,059
State and political subdivisions
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	19,913	16,367
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	66,139	60,065
Preferred stock
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	15	35
SBA securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	12,180	8,303
Level 1
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	15	35
Level 1 | U.S. government agency debt securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 1 | State and political subdivisions
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 1 | U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 1 | Preferred stock
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	15	35
Level 1 | SBA securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 2
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	105,970	95,794
Level 2 | U.S. government agency debt securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	7,738	11,059
Level 2 | State and political subdivisions
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	19,913	16,367
Level 2 | U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	66,139	60,065
Level 2 | Preferred stock
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 2 | SBA securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	12,180	8,303
Level 3
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 3 | U.S. government agency debt securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 3 | State and political subdivisions
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 3 | U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 3 | Preferred stock
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	0	0
Level 3 | SBA securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	$ 0	$ 0

XML

ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule Of Federal Home Loan Bank Advances And Other Borrowings [Line Items]
Federal Home Loan Bank, Advances, Branch of FHLB Bank, Amount of Advances	$ 2.0	$ 4.5
Federal Home Loan Bank, Advances, Branch of FHLB Bank, Interest Rate, Range from	1.69%
Long-term Debt, Percentage Bearing Fixed Interest, Amount	$ 2.0
Federal Home Loan Bank Advances Maturity Period	2015
Minimum [Member]
Schedule Of Federal Home Loan Bank Advances And Other Borrowings [Line Items]
Percentage Of Advances That Must Be Covered By Mortgage Loans On Hand	167.00%
Maximum [Member]
Schedule Of Federal Home Loan Bank Advances And Other Borrowings [Line Items]
Term Mortgage Loans Used To Cover Advances Can Be Delinquent	90 days

XML

Condensed Balance Sheets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Assets
Total assets	$ 343,012	$ 348,971
Liabilities
Total liabilities	314,436	327,344
Stockholders’ Equity	28,576	21,627	22,352
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	343,012	348,971
Parent Company [Member]
Assets
Cash on deposit with the Bank	3,014	3,499
Investment in common stock of the Bank	29,048	21,673
Other assets	130	134
Total assets	32,192	25,306
Liabilities
Long-term debt	3,609	3,609
Other liabilities	7	70
Total liabilities	3,616	3,679
Stockholders’ Equity	28,576	21,627
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 32,192	$ 25,306

XML

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Expenses
Interest expense	$ 1,348	$ 1,638
Other expenses	10,827	13,997
Income (loss) before income taxes	1,427	(2,641)
Income tax expense	(3,956)	146
Net income (loss)	5,383	(2,787)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale Securities	1,557	(2,048)
Comprehensive income/(loss)	6,940	(4,835)
Parent Company [Member]
Condensed Financial Statements, Captions [Line Items]
Income	7	4
Expenses
Interest expense	70	69
Other expenses	373	327
Total expenses	443	396
Income (loss) before income taxes	(436)	(392)
Income tax expense	0	0
Loss before equity in undistributed loss of the bank	(436)	(392)
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of the bank	5,819	(2,395)
Net income (loss)	5,383	(2,787)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale Securities	1,557	(2,048)
Comprehensive income/(loss)	$ 6,940	$ (4,835)

XML

STOCK OPTIONS - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 27, 2006	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Nov. 29, 2006	Sep. 19, 2013
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock Split Ratio	2
Share based compensation expense		$ 9,000	$ 10,000
Non qualified Stock Option Plan [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option authorized under plan		40,400		100,000
Stock option additional shares authorized under plan		4,600
Age of recipient that triggers full vesting		72 years
Weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted		$ 0	$ 0.47
Unrecognized compensation cost		29,000
Share based compensation expense		9,000
Share-based compensation expense tax benefit		$ 4,000
Non qualified Stock Option Plan [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option vesting period		10 years
Non qualified Stock Option Plan [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option vesting period		5 years
Stock Incentive Plan 2013 [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Common Stock, Capital Shares Reserved for Future Issuance					2,900,000

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events

NOTE 18 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

On March 2, 2015, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Wintrust Financial Corporation (“Wintrust”), an Illinois corporation, and Wintrust Merger Sub LLC (“Merger Co.”), an Illinois limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of Wintrust. The Merger Agreement provides for, subject to the satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions, the acquisition of the Company by Wintrust for aggregate consideration intended to total $42,375,000, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the Merger Agreement, as described further below. The Merger Agreement provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Company will merge with and into Merger Co. (the “Merger”), with Merger Co. as the surviving corporation in the Merger. The Merger Agreement also provides that, following the approval of certain amendments to the Company’s articles of incorporation by the Company’s stockholders, each outstanding share of the Company’s Series C preferred stock, Series D preferred stock and Series E preferred stock (collectively, the “Company Preferred Stock”) will automatically convert into shares of Company common stock immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), without any action on the part of the holder (the “Preferred Stock Conversion”). The Merger Agreement also contemplates that, prior to the closing date of the Merger, each option granted by the Company to purchase Company common stock that is outstanding and unexercised as of the date of the Merger Agreement will be terminated, cancelled and redeemed by the Company, and holders of such options will not be entitled to receive the merger consideration.

At the Effective Time, shares of Company common stock outstanding (including shares of Company Preferred Stock which will have been converted into Company common stock in connection with the Preferred Stock Conversion and excluding shares held by the Company and its subsidiary bank and dissenting shares) will be converted into the right to receive the merger consideration, which is intended to be paid approximately 50% in cash and approximately 50% in shares of Wintrust common stock. The total number of shares of Wintrust common stock to be issued to Company stockholders will be calculated by dividing $21,187,500 by the average, calculated for the ten trading day period ending on the second trading day preceding the closing date of the Merger, of the volume-weighted average price of Wintrust’s common stock for each trading day during such period(the “Wintrust Common Stock Price”); provided, however, that if the Wintrust Common Stock Price is less than $42.50, then the number of Wintrust common shares to be issued to Company stockholders will be 498,530, and if the Wintrust Common Stock Price is greater than $52.50, then the number of Wintrust common shares to be issued to Company stockholders shall be 403,572, subject in each case to adjustment as set forth in the Merger Agreement. If the Company fails to achieve a specified adjusted net worth, calculated as set forth in the Merger Agreement, as of the closing, then the aggregate consideration to be paid to Company stockholders shall be reduced dollar-for-dollar by an amount equal to the amount of such shortfall, as set forth in the Merger Agreement.

The completion of the Merger is subject to certain closing conditions, including, among others, (i) the receipt of required regulatory approvals and expiration of required regulatory waiting periods; (ii) receipt of requisite approvals by the Company’s stockholders of the Merger and other transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement, including the Preferred Stock Conversion; (iii) the absence of dissenting stockholders representing greater than 5% of the shares of outstanding common stock of the Company (including shares of Company Preferred Stock which will have been converted into Company common stock in connection with the Preferred Stock Conversion); (iv) the absence of certain litigation or orders; and (v) the filing by the Company with appropriate tax authorities of certain amendments to the Company’s consolidated federal and state income tax returns.

The Merger Agreement provides certain termination rights for both Wintrust and the Company and further provides that a termination fee of either $900,000 or $1,750,000, plus documented out-of-pocket expenses and costs not to exceed $325,000, will be payable by the Company upon termination of the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances. The Merger Agreement also provides that a termination fee of $900,000, plus documented out-of-pocket expenses and costs not to exceed $325,000, will be payable by Wintrust upon termination of the Merger Agreement under certain circumstances.

XML

Summary of Credit Quality (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	$ 184,748	$ 195,722
Commercial
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	16,048	21,379
Construction
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	1,853	1,856
Commercial real estate
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	92,669	97,813
Residential mortgage
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	26,676	26,240
Home equity
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	46,339	47,050
Consumer
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	1,163	1,384
Pass
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	180,139	187,733
Pass | Commercial
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	15,983	19,536
Pass | Construction
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	1,853	1,856
Pass | Commercial real estate
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	89,644	93,679
Pass | Residential mortgage
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	26,448	24,763
Pass | Home equity
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	45,048	46,515
Pass | Consumer
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	1,163	1,384
Special Mention
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	255	4,950
Special Mention | Commercial
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	209
Special Mention | Construction
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Special Mention | Commercial real estate
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	227	3,235
Special Mention | Residential mortgage
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	1,477
Special Mention | Home equity
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	28	29
Special Mention | Consumer
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Substandard
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	4,354	3,039
Substandard | Commercial
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	65	1,634
Substandard | Construction
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Substandard | Commercial real estate
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	2,798	899
Substandard | Residential mortgage
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	528	0
Substandard | Home equity
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	963	506
Substandard | Consumer
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Doubtful
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Doubtful | Commercial
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Doubtful | Construction
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Doubtful | Commercial real estate
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Doubtful | Residential mortgage
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Doubtful | Home equity
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Doubtful | Consumer
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Loss
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Loss | Commercial
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Loss | Construction
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Loss | Commercial real estate
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Loss | Residential mortgage
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Loss | Home equity
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	0	0
Loss | Consumer
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment [Line Items]
Financing Receivable	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Sales Activities for Securities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Sales proceeds	$ 6,573	$ 8,063
Gross gains/(losses) on sales	$ (15)	$ 55

XML

Carrying Amount and Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 23,615	$ 29,553
Interest-bearing time deposits		945
Securities available for sale	105,985	95,829
Loans held for sale		804
Loans receivable, net	182,573	193,451
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	1,119	926
Interest receivable	1,058	884
Financial liabilities
Deposits	305,421	315,709
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	2,000	4,500
Subordinated debentures	3,609	3,609
Interest payable	93	169
Level 1
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	23,615	29,553
Interest-bearing time deposits		945
Securities available for sale	15	35
Loans held for sale		0
Loans receivable, net	0	0
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	0	0
Interest receivable	0	0
Financial liabilities
Deposits	0	0
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	0	0
Subordinated debentures	0	0
Interest payable	0	0
Level 2
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Interest-bearing time deposits		0
Securities available for sale	105,970	95,794
Loans held for sale		804
Loans receivable, net	0	0
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	1,119	926
Interest receivable	1,058	884
Financial liabilities
Deposits	305,333	303,199
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	2,023	4,478
Subordinated debentures	0	0
Interest payable	93	169
Level 3
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	0	0
Interest-bearing time deposits		0
Securities available for sale	0	0
Loans held for sale		0
Loans receivable, net	184,044	193,864
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	0	0
Interest receivable	0	0
Financial liabilities
Deposits	0	0
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	0	0
Subordinated debentures	1,293	1,259
Interest payable	$ 0	$ 0

XML

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY) (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Only Disclosure [Abstract]

Condensed Balance Sheets

Condensed Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Assets
Cash on deposit with the Bank	$	3,014	$	3,499
Investment in common stock of the Bank		29,048		21,673
Other assets		130		134
Total assets	$	32,192	$	25,306
Liabilities
Long-term debt	$	3,609	$	3,609
Other liabilities		7		70
Total liabilities		3,616		3,679
Stockholders’ Equity		28,576		21,627
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	32,192	$	25,306

Condensed Statements of Operations

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2014		2013
Income	$	7	$	4
Expenses
Interest expense		70		69
Other expenses		373		327
Total expenses		443		396
Loss before income tax expense and  undistributed loss of the bank		(436)		(392)
Income tax expense		-		-
Loss before equity in undistributed  loss of the bank		(436)		(392)
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of the bank		5,819		(2,395)
Net income (loss)		5,383		(2,787)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale
Securities		1,557		(2,048)
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	6,940	$	(4,835)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,
	2014		2013
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	5,383	$	(2,787)
Equity in undistributed (income) loss of the Bank		(5,819)		2,395
Compensation cost of stock options		9		10
Other changes		(58)		385
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(485)		3
Investment in Bank		-		(700)
Financing Activities
Net capital raise proceeds		-		4,100
Net cash provided by financing activities		-		4,100
Net change in cash on deposit with the bank		(485)		3,403
Cash on deposit with the bank at beginning of year		3,499		96
Cash on deposit with the bank at end of year	$	3,014	$	3,499

XML

LOANS - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Prior loss experience of company	5 years
Charge Off Of Unsecured Open End Loans	180 days
Other Secured Loans Receivable [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Prior loss experience of company	120 days

XML

INCOME TAXES - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule Of Income Taxes [Line Items]
Alternative minimum tax credits	$ 275,000	$ 263,000
Income Tax Expense Benefit	(3,956,000)	146,000
Income Loss From Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes Minority Interest And Income Loss From Equity Method Investments	1,427,000	(2,641,000)
Effective Income Tax Rate Reconciliation, at Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate, Percent	34.00%
Federal
Schedule Of Income Taxes [Line Items]
Operating Loss Carryforwards	25,600,000
Operating Loss Carryforwards Expiration Periods	Expire in varying amounts beginning in 2029
Illinois
Schedule Of Income Taxes [Line Items]
Operating Loss Carryforwards	$ 27,400,000
Operating Loss Carryforwards Expiration Periods	Expire in varying amounts beginning in 2021

XML

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS - Additional Information (Detail)	1 Months Ended
	Jan. 21, 2011	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Regulatory Requirements [Line Items]
Entry date into stipulation and consent with FDIC and IDFPR	Jan. 21, 2011
Tier I capital ( to average assets)	8.00%	7.70%	7.70%	7.20%	7.00%	6.80%
Total capital ( to risk-weighted assets)	12.00%	13.40%	12.90%	12.50%	12.00%	11.90%

XML

Allowance for Loans Losses (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 2,500	$ 3,032
Provision for loan losses	(75)	1,427
Charge-offs	(95)	(2,074)
Recoveries	112	115
Ending balance	2,442	2,500
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	126	72
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	2,316	2,428
Ending balance	184,748	195,722
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	2,315	2,906
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	182,433	192,816
Commercial
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Beginning balance	483	621
Provision for loan losses	(205)	129
Charge-offs	0	(267)
Recoveries	75	0
Ending balance	353	483
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	0	0
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	353	483
Ending balance	16,048	21,379
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	0	1,566
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	16,048	19,813
Commercial Real Estate
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Beginning balance	1,336	1,386
Provision for loan losses	(138)	221
Charge-offs	(28)	(357)
Recoveries	5	86
Ending balance	1,175	1,336
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	0	26
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	1,175	1,310
Ending balance	92,669	97,813
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	823	437
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	91,846	97,376
Construction
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Beginning balance	44	53
Provision for loan losses	(13)	(9)
Charge-offs	0	0
Recoveries	0	0
Ending balance	31	44
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	0	0
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	31	44
Ending balance	1,853	1,856
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	0	0
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	1,853	1,856
Consumer
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Beginning balance	41	21
Provision for loan losses	(23)	34
Charge-offs	(3)	(15)
Recoveries	0	1
Ending balance	15	41
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	0	0
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	15	41
Ending balance	1,163	1,384
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	0	0
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	1,163	1,384
Residential
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Beginning balance	266	305
Provision for loan losses	50	773
Charge-offs	0	(835)
Recoveries	30	23
Ending balance	346	266
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	38	0
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	308	266
Ending balance	26,676	26,240
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	528	398
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	26,148	25,842
HELOC
Financing Receivable, Allowance for Credit Losses [Line Items]
Beginning balance	330	646
Provision for loan losses	254	279
Charge-offs	(64)	(600)
Recoveries	2	5
Ending balance	522	330
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	88	46
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	434	284
Ending balance	46,339	47,050
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	964	505
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$ 45,375	$ 46,545

XML

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Cash and Cash Equivalents [Abstract]

Cash And Cash Equivalents

NOTE 2 - CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The Company considers all liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Beginning January 1, 2013, noninterest-bearing transaction accounts are subject to a $250,000 limit on FDIC insurance per covered institution.

At December 31, 2014, the Company’s cash accounts exceeded federally insured limits by approximately $20.1 million. The Company had cash balances of $12.2 million at the FRB and FHLB that did not have FDIC insurance coverage.

Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of $2.3 million was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements at year-end 2014.

XML

RETIREMENT PLANS - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Employer contribution to profit sharing plan charged to expense	$ 67,000	$ 32,000
Amount of deferred directors' fees	889,000	1,000,000
Deferred directors' fees credited	2.52%
Director [Member]
Defined Benefit Plans and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans Table Text Block [Line Items]
Expense for retirement	$ 24,000	$ 23,000

XML

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value Less than 12 Months	$ 25,654	$ 72,731
Unrealized Losses Less than 12 Months	(112)	(2,554)
Fair Value 12 Months or More	40,033	4,381
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or More	(765)	(618)
Fair Value, Total	65,687	77,112
Unrealized Losses, Total	(877)	(3,172)
U.S. government agency debt securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value Less than 12 Months	0	6,694
Unrealized Losses Less than 12 Months	0	(797)
Fair Value 12 Months or More	7,738	4,365
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or More	(236)	(617)
Fair Value, Total	7,738	11,059
Unrealized Losses, Total	(236)	(1,414)
State and political subdivisions
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value Less than 12 Months	6,601	10,027
Unrealized Losses Less than 12 Months	(31)	(419)
Fair Value 12 Months or More	3,801	0
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or More	(61)	0
Fair Value, Total	10,402	10,027
Unrealized Losses, Total	(92)	(419)
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value Less than 12 Months	13,988	48,023
Unrealized Losses Less than 12 Months	(59)	(1,234)
Fair Value 12 Months or More	23,516	16
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or More	(424)	(1)
Fair Value, Total	37,504	48,039
Unrealized Losses, Total	(483)	(1,235)
SBA securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value Less than 12 Months	5,065	7,987
Unrealized Losses Less than 12 Months	(22)	(104)
Fair Value 12 Months or More	4,978	0
Unrealized Losses 12 Months or More	(44)	0
Fair Value, Total	10,043	7,987
Unrealized Losses, Total	$ (66)	$ (104)

XML

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Summary of Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment consisted of the following at year end:

	2014		2013
Land	$	4,028	$	4,028
Buildings		13,150		13,116
Furniture and equipment		3,593		3,584
Total cost		20,771		20,728
Accumulated depreciation		(6,298)		(5,866)
Net book value	$	14,473	$	14,862

XML

LOANS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Loans

Loans consisted of the following at December 31:

	2014			2013
Real estate
Commercial	$	92,669		$	97,813
Construction		1,853			1,856
Residential		26,676			26,240
Home equity		46,339			47,050
Total real estate loans		167,537			172,959
Commercial		16,048			21,379
Consumer		1,163			1,384
Total loans		184,748			195,722
Deferred loan costs, net		267			229
Allowance for loan losses		(2,442	)		(2,500	)
Loans, net	$	182,573		$	193,451

Loans to Related Parties

The aggregate amount of loans, as defined, to such related parties were as follows:

	2014
Balances, January 1, 2014	$	1,006
New loans including renewals		113
Payments, etc., including renewals		(363	)
Balances, December 31, 2014	$	756

	2013
Balances, January 1, 2013	$	2,432
New loans including renewals		156
Payments, etc., including renewals		(1,582	)
Balances, December 31, 2013	$	1,006

Allowance for Loans Losses

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Construction			Consumer			Residential		HELOC			Total
Balance at beginning of period	$	483		$	1,336		$	44		$	41		$	266	$	330		$	2,500
Provision for loan losses		(205	)		(138	)		(13	)		(23	)		50		254			(75	)
Charge-offs		-			(28	)		-			(3	)		-		(64	)		(95	)
Recoveries		75			5			-			-			30		2			112
Balance at end of period	$	353		$	1,175		$	31		$	15		$	346	$	522		$	2,442
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	38	$	88		$	126
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	353		$	1,175		$	31		$	15		$	308	$	434		$	2,316
Total Loans:
Ending balance	$	16,048		$	92,669		$	1,853		$	1,163		$	26,676	$	46,339		$	184,748
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	823		$	-		$	-		$	528	$	964		$	2,315
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	16,048		$	91,846		$	1,853		$	1,163		$	26,148	$	45,375		$	182,433

	2013
	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Construction			Consumer			Residential			HELOC			Total
Balance at beginning of period	$	621		$	1,386		$	53		$	21		$	305		$	646		$	3,032
Provision for loan losses		129			221			(9	)		34			773			279			1,427
Charge-offs		(267	)		(357	)		-			(15	)		(835	)		(600	)		(2,074	)
Recoveries		-			86			-			1			23			5			115
Balance at end of period	$	483		$	1,336		$	44		$	41		$	266		$	330		$	2,500
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	26		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	46		$	72
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	483		$	1,310		$	44		$	41		$	266		$	284		$	2,428
Total Loans:
Ending balance	$	21,379		$	97,813		$	1,856		$	1,384		$	26,240		$	47,050		$	195,722
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,566		$	437		$	-		$	-		$	398		$	505		$	2,906
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	19,813		$	97,376		$	1,856		$	1,384		$	25,842		$	46,545		$	192,816

Summary of Nonaccrual Loans by Class

The following table summarizes the Company’s nonaccrual loans by class at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	2014		2013
Real estate loans:
Commercial	$	823	$	437
Residential mortgage		528		-
Home equity		964		505
Total	$	2,315	$	942

Summary of Impaired Loans

The following table presents impaired loans as of December 31, 2014:

	Recorded Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance		Specific Allowance		Average Investment in Impaired Loans		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	823	$	835	$	-	$	837	$	30
Residential		-		-		-		7		-
HELOC		509		514		-		632		8
Subtotal		1,332		1,349		-		1,476		38
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate		-		-		-		792		12
Residential		528		531		38		532		24
HELOC		456		516		88		579		22
Subtotal		984		1,047		126		1,903		58
Total Impaired Loans	$	2,316	$	2,396	$	126	$	3,379	$	96

The following table presents impaired loans as of December 31, 2013:

	Recorded Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance		Specific Allowance		Average Investment in Impaired Loans		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	1,566	$	1,566	$	-	$	1,549	$	62
Residential		398		398		-		402		21
HELOC		166		166		-		165		-
Subtotal		2,130		2,130		-		2,116		83
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate		437		812		26		834		-
Residential		-		-		-		-		-
HELOC		339		396		46		396		-
Subtotal		776		1,208		72		1,230		-
Total Impaired Loans	$	2,906	$	3,338	$	72	$	3,346	$	83

Summary of Credit Quality

The following table summarizes credit quality of the Company at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Total
Commercial	$	15,983		$—	$	65	$	—	$	—	$	16,048
Real estate loans:
Construction		1,853		—		—		—		—		1,853
Commercial real estate		89,644		227		2,798		—		—		92,669
Residential mortgage		26,448		—		528		—		—		26,676
Home equity		45,048		28		963		—		—		46,339
Consumer		1,163		—		—		—		—		1,163
Total	$	180,139	$	255	$	4,354	$	—	$	—	$	184,748

	2013
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Total
Commercial	$	19,536	$	209	$	1,634	$	—	$	—	$	21,379
Real estate loans:
Construction		1,856		—		—		—		—		1,856
Commercial real estate		93,679		3,235		899		—		—		97,813
Residential mortgage		24,763		1,477		—		—		—		26,240
Home equity		46,515		29		506		—		—		47,050
Consumer		1,384		—		—		—		—		1,384
Total	$	187,733	$	4,950	$	3,039	$	—	$	—	$	195,722

Summary of Past Due Aging of Loan Portfolio

The following table summarizes aging of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans		Loans > 90 Days and Accruing
Commercial	$	133	$	56	$	—	$	189	$	15,859	$	16,048		$—
Real estate loans:
Construction		—		—		—		—		1,853		1,853		—
Commercial real estate		301		—		823		1,124		91,545		92,669		—
Residential mortgage		—		89		528		617		26,059		26,676		—
Home equity		339		—		1,096		1,435		44,903		46,339		133
Consumer		3		—		—		3		1,160		1,163		—
Total	$	776	$	145	$	2,447	$	3,368	$	181,380	$	184,748	$	133

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans		Loans > 90 Days and Accruing
Commercial	$	100	$	—	$	—	$	100	$	21,279	$	21,379		$—
Real estate loans:
Construction		—		—		—		—		1,856		1,856		—
Commercial real estate		—		569		168		737		97,076		97,813		168
Residential mortgage		687		1,342		11		2,040		24,200		26,240		11
Home equity		445		328		555		1,328		45,722		47,050		50
Consumer		—		1		1		2		1,382		1,384		1
Total	$	1,232	$	2,240	$	735	$	4,207	$	191,515	$	195,722	$	230

XML

DEPOSITS - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Deposit Liabilities [Line Items]
Related Party Deposit Liabilities	$ 2,449,000	$ 2,478,000
Time Deposits 250000 Or More	$ 2,708,000

XML

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Carrying value of securities that were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal home loan bank advances and other	$ 7,600,000	$ 18,000,000
Fair Value Of Investments Percentage Of Aggregate Investment	62.00%	80.50%
Available For Sale Securities Continuous Unrealized Loss Position Fair Value	$ 65,687,000	$ 77,112,000

XML

DEPOSITS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Banking and Thrift [Abstract]

Summary Of Deposits

	2014		2013
Non-interest bearing DDA	$	44,754	$	39,613
NOW		71,492		72,545
Money market		43,666		42,443
Regular savings		71,199		74,389
Certificates and time deposits, $100,000 and over		25,641		32,621
Other certificates and time deposits		48,669		54,098
Total deposits	$	305,421	$	315,709

Summary Of Certificate Of Deposits Maturities

At December 31, 2014, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

2015	$	43,712
2016		19,006
2017		8,218
2018		2,677
2019		697
	$	74,310

XML

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Banking and Thrift [Abstract]

Minimum Capital Restoration Requirements

The minimum requirements are:

	Capital to Risk				Tier 1
	Weighted Assets				Capital to
	Total		Tier 1		Average Assets
Well capitalized	10	%	6	%	5	%
Adequately capitalized	8		4		4
Undercapitalized	6		3		3

Summary of Capital Ratios for Bank

The actual capital levels and minimum required levels for the Bank were as follows at December 31:

					Minimum
					for Capital				Minimum
					Adequacy				to Be Well
	Actual				Purposes				Capitalized
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
2014
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	$	27,941	13.4	%	$	16,672	8.0	%	$	20,840	10.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		25,499	12.2			8,336	4.0			12,504	6.0
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		25,499	7.7			13,329	4.0			16,661	5.0
2013
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	$	25,990	11.9	%	$	17,426	8.0	%	$	21,783	10.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		23,490	10.8			8,713	4.0			13,070	6.0
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		23,490	6.8			13,763	4.0			17,204	5.0

XML

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Nature Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies

NOTE 1 - NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include Community Financial Shares, Inc. (the Holding Company) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Community Bank - Wheaton/Glen Ellyn (the Bank) together referred to herein as the Company.

The Bank was chartered by the Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate in 1994. The Bank provides a range of banking and financial services through its operation as a commercial bank with offices located in Wheaton and Glen Ellyn, Illinois. The Bank's primary activities include deposit services and commercial and retail lending. Interest income is also earned on investments in debt securities, federal funds sold, and short-term investments.

Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Internal financial information is reported and aggregated as one line of business.

Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided and future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses and fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

Securities: Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

When the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is more likely than not, the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment is amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other than temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.

Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest income. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded in noninterest income, and direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in noninterest income upon sale of the loan.

Loans and Loan Income: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoffs are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for unearned income, charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

For loans amortized at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized as a level yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan.

The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off are reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Discounts and premiums on purchased residential real estate loans are amortized to income using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Discounts and premiums on purchased consumer loans are recognized over the expected lives of the loans using methods that approximate the interest method. 

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to income. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of allocated and general components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers nonclassified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default derived from the Company’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Groups of loans with similar risk characteristics are collectively evaluated for impairment based on the group’s historical loss experience adjusted for changes in trends, conditions and other relevant factors that affect repayment of the loans. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment measurements, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is a required investment for institutions that are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The required investment in the common stock is based on a predetermined formula.

The Bank owned $1,118,900 and $925,700 of FHLB stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The FHLB of Chicago paid average cash dividends totaling 0.50% and 0.30% in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The FHLB will continue to assess their dividend capacity each quarter, and will obtain the necessary approval if a dividend is to be made. Management performed an analysis and deemed the investment in FHLB stock was not impaired.

Foreclosed Assets: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs incurred after acquisition that do not meet the criteria for capitalization are expensed.

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 10 to 50 years. Furniture, fixtures, and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line (or accelerated) method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 10 years.

Long-Term Assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Stock Compensation: At December 31, 2014, the Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan, which is described more fully in Note 13.

Income Taxes: The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.

The Company files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiaries.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or non U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2011. The Company has net operating loss carryovers for federal and Illinois purposes for all years subsequent and including 1999 and 1998, respectively. To the extent these losses get used to offset future years’ taxable income, the taxing authorities have the right to audit those loss years.

Off-balance-sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Statements of Cash Flows: For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and interest-bearing deposits. Most federal funds are sold for one-day periods. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions.

Earnings Per Share: Basic earnings per share is net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of additional potential shares issuable under stock options. For 2014 the Company is required to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share using the two-class method. Calculations of earnings per share under the two- class method (i) exclude from the numerator any dividends paid or owed on participating securities and any undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities and (ii) exclude from the denominator the dilutive impact of the participating securities.

Comprehensive Income or Loss: Comprehensive income or loss consists of net income or loss and other comprehensive income or loss. Other comprehensive income or loss includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity.

Dividend Restriction: Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company or by the Holding Company to the stockholders. In addition, the Bank and the Holding Company are currently subject to regulatory orders limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends. See Note 9 for more information. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends or other distributions prior to the Effective Time without prior written consent of Wintrust.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of active markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08- Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity – In April 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-08. This update seeks to better define the groups of assets which qualify for discontinued operations, in order to ease the burden and cost for prepares and stakeholders. This issue changed “the criteria for reporting discontinued operations” and related reporting requirements, including the provision for disclosures about the “disposal of and individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation.”

The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted only for disposals or classifications as held for sale. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09- Revenue from Contracts with Customers – In May 2014, FASB, in joint cooperation with IASB, issued ASU 2014-09. The topic of Revenue Recognition had become broad, with several other regulatory agencies issuing standards which lacked cohesion. The new guidance establishes a “common framework” and “reduces the number of requirements to which an entity must consider in recognizing revenue” and yet provides improved disclosures to assist stakeholders reviewing financial statements.

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company will adopt the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and does not anticipate that the ASU will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-11- Transfers and Servicing – In June 2014, FASB, issued ASU 2014-11. This update addresses the concerns of stakeholders’ by changing the accounting practices surrounding repurchase agreements. The new guidance changes the “accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and linked repurchase financings to secured borrowing accounting, which is consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements.”

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12- Compensation – Stock Compensation – In June 2014, FASB, issued ASU 2014-12. This update defines the accounting treatment for share-based payments and “resolves the diverse accounting treatment of those awards in practice.” The new requirement mandates that “a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition.”

Compensation cost will now be recognized in the period in which it becomes likely that the performance target will be met.

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Summary of Income Tax Benefits

Income tax consists of the following:

	2014		2013
Currently payable tax
Federal	$	-	$	145
State		-		(145)
Deferred tax
Federal		(1,866)		(3)
State		(2,090)		149
	$	(3,956)	$	146

Summary of Income Tax Benefit Differs from Federal Statutory Rates

Income tax differs from federal statutory rates applied to financial statement income due to the following:

	2014		2013
Federal rate of 34 percent	$	485	$	(898)
Add (subtract) effect of
Tax-exempt income, net of nondeductible interest expense		(123)		(92)
State income tax, net of federal benefit		(1,380)		4
Cash value of life insurance		(72)		(76)
Valuation allowance		(2,904)		1,058
Other items, net		38		150
Income tax	$	(3,956)	$	146

Summary of Year End Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

Year-end deferred tax assets and liabilities were due to the following:

	2014		2013
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses	$	297	$	1,120
Deferred compensation		545		598
Other-than-temporary-impairment		50		52
Loss carryforward		10,823		9,400
Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale		165		1,149
AMT carryover		275		263
Other real estate owned		145		67
Other		192		211
Total		12,492		12,860
Deferred tax liabilities
Accumulated depreciation		(788)		(728)
Deferred loan fees and costs, net		(149)		(155)
Prepaid expenses		(54)		(57)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends		(44)		(47)
State income taxes		(714)		(186)
Other		-		(51)
Total		(1,749)		(1,224)
Valuation allowance		(6,625)		(10,487)
Net deferred tax asset	$	4,118	$	1,149

Activity in Net Deferred Tax Assets

The following is the activity in net deferred tax assets:

Balance, December 31, 2013	$	1,149
Decrease in deferred tax assets		(368)
Increase in deferred tax liabilities		(525)
Decrease in valuation allowance		3,862
Balance, December 31, 2014	$	4,118

XML

Fair Value of Securities Available For Sale (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value	$ 105,985	$ 95,829
Gross Unrealized Gains	452	206
Gross Unrealized Losses	(877)	(3,172)
U.S. government agency debt securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value	7,738	11,059
Gross Unrealized Gains	0	0
Gross Unrealized Losses	(236)	(1,414)
State and political subdivisions
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value	19,913	16,367
Gross Unrealized Gains	112	50
Gross Unrealized Losses	(92)	(419)
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value	66,139	60,065
Gross Unrealized Gains	316	124
Gross Unrealized Losses	(483)	(1,235)
Preferred stock
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value	15	35
Gross Unrealized Gains	11	31
Gross Unrealized Losses	0	0
SBA securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Fair Value	12,180	8,303
Gross Unrealized Gains	13	1
Gross Unrealized Losses	$ (66)	$ (104)

XML

Summary of Premises and equipment (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total cost	$ 20,771	$ 20,728
Accumulated depreciation	(6,298)	(5,866)
Net book value	14,473	14,862
Furniture And Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total cost	3,593	3,584
Land [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total cost	4,028	4,028
Building [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Total cost	$ 13,150	$ 13,116

XML

Summary of Contractual Amount of Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Financial Standby Letter of Credit [Member]
Fair Value, Off-balance Sheet Risks, Disclosure Information [Line Items]
Financial standby letters of credit	$ 74	$ 199
Commitments To Originate Loans [Member]
Fair Value, Off-balance Sheet Risks, Disclosure Information [Line Items]
Financial standby letters of credit	0	2,216
Unused Lines Of Credit And Letters Of Credit [Member]
Fair Value, Off-balance Sheet Risks, Disclosure Information [Line Items]
Financial standby letters of credit	$ 44,147	$ 54,882

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks	$ 11,256	$ 4,485
Interest-bearing deposits	12,359	25,068
Cash and cash equivalents	23,615	29,553
Interest-bearing time deposits	0	945
Securities available for sale	105,985	95,829
Loans held for sale	0	804
Loans, less allowance for loan losses of $2,442 and $2,500	182,573	193,451
Foreclosed assets	2,199	2,269
Federal Home Loan Bank stock	1,119	926
Premises and equipment, net	14,473	14,862
Cash value of life insurance	6,857	6,644
Interest receivable and other assets	6,191	3,688
Total assets	343,012	348,971
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Deposits	305,421	315,709
Federal Home Loan Bank advances	2,000	4,500
Subordinated debentures	3,609	3,609
Interest payable and other liabilities	3,406	3,526
Total liabilities	314,436	327,344
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity
Common stock - $0.01 par value, 75,000,000 shares authorized; 10,781,988 shares issued and outstanding	0	0
Preferred stock - $1.00 par value, $100 liquidation preference 1,000,000 shares authorized; 191,246 shares issued and outstanding	191	191
Paid-in capital	30,395	30,386
Accumulated deficit	(1,750)	(7,133)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(260)	(1,817)
Total shareholders' equity	28,576	21,627
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 343,012	$ 348,971

XML

Summary of Loans (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2012
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Total real estate loans	$ 167,537	$ 172,959
Commercial	16,048	21,379
Consumer	1,163	1,384
Total Loans	184,748	195,722
Deferred loan costs, net	267	229
Allowance for loan losses	(2,442)	(2,500)	(3,032)
Loans, net	182,573	193,451
Commercial
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Total real estate loans	92,669	97,813
Construction
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Total real estate loans	1,853	1,856
Residential
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Total real estate loans	26,676	26,240
Home equity
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Total real estate loans	$ 46,339	$ 47,050

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Total USD ($)	Number of Common Shares	Preferred stock USD ($)	Paid-In Capital USD ($)	Accumulated Deficit USD ($)	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss) USD ($)
Balance at Dec. 31, 2012	$ 22,352		$ 197	$ 26,270	$ (4,346)	$ 231
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2012		5,560,567
Net income/(loss)	(2,787)		0	0	(2,787)	0
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(2,048)		0	0	0	(2,048)
Net proceeds of private offering	4,090		0	4,090	0	0
Net proceeds of private offering (in shares)		3,670,221
Preferred stock conversion to common	0		(16)	16	0	0
Preferred stock conversion to common (in shares)		1,551,200
Preferred stock issued	10		10	0	0	0
Amortization of stock option compensation	10		0	10	0	0
Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	21,627		191	30,386	(7,133)	(1,817)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2013		10,781,988
Net income/(loss)	5,383		0	0	5,383	0
Other comprehensive income (loss)	1,557		0	0	0	1,557
Amortization of stock option compensation	9		0	9	0	0
Balance at Dec. 31, 2014	$ 28,576		$ 191	$ 30,395	$ (1,750)	$ (260)
Balance (in shares) at Dec. 31, 2014		10,781,988

XML

Minimum Capital Restoration Requirements (Detail)	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Regulatory Requirements [Line Items]
Well capitalized Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Total	10.00%	10.00%
Adequately capitalized Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Total	8.00%	8.00%
Undercapitalized Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Total	6.00%
Well capitalized Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Tier 1	6.00%	6.00%
Adequately capitalized Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Tier 1	4.00%	4.00%
Undercapitalized Capital to Risk Weighted Assets Tier 1	3.00%
Well capitalized Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets	5.00%	5.00%
Adequately capitalized Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets	4.00%	4.00%
Undercapitalized Tier 1 Capital to Average Assets	3.00%

XML

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ACTIVITIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Summary of Contractual Amount of Financial Instruments with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows at year end.

	2014		2013
Financial standby letters of credit	$	74	$	199
Commitments to originate loans		-		2,216
Unused lines of credit and letters of credit		44,147		54,882

XML

Summary of Year End Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses	$ 297	$ 1,120
Deferred compensation	545	598
Other-than-temporary-impairment	50	52
Loss carryforward	10,823	9,400
Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale	165	1,149
AMT carryover	275	263
Other real estate owned	145	67
Other	192	211
Total	12,492	12,860
Deferred tax liabilities
Accumulated depreciation	(788)	(728)
Deferred loan fees and costs, net	(149)	(155)
Prepaid expenses	(54)	(57)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends	(44)	(47)
State income taxes	(714)	(186)
Other	0	(51)
Total	(1,749)	(1,224)
Valuation allowance	(6,625)	(10,487)
Net deferred tax asset	$ 4,118	$ 1,149

XML

DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Investments All Other Investments [Abstract]

Disclosures about Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

NOTE 15 - DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company measures fair value according to the Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820-10). ASC 820-10 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used in valuation techniques, but not the valuation techniques themselves. The fair value hierarchy is designed to indicate the relative reliability of the fair value measure. The highest priority given to quoted prices in active markets and the lowest to unobservable data such as the Company’s internal information. ASC 820-10 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs into the fair value hierarchy (Level 1 being the highest priority and Level 3 being the lowest priority):

Level 1	Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2	Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3	Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Available-for-sale Securities

If quoted market prices are not available, then fair values are estimated by using pricing models, quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or discounted cash flows. Level 2 securities include all except preferred stock, which are Level 1 securities of available-for-sale securities. Third party vendors compile prices from various sources and may apply such techniques as matrix pricing to determine the value of identical or similar investment securities (Level 2). Matrix pricing is a mathematical technique widely used in the banking industry to value investment securities without relying exclusively on quoted prices for specific investment securities but rather on the investment securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted investment securities. The following tables are as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities:
U.S. government agency debt securities	$	7,738	$	-	$	7,738	$	-
State and political subdivisions		19,913		-		19,913		-
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		66,139		-		66,139		-
Preferred stock		15		15		-		-
SBA securities		12,180		-		12,180		-
Total available for sale securities	$	105,985	$	15	$	105,970	$	-

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities:
U.S. government agency debt securities	$	11,059	$	-	$	11,059	$	-
State and political subdivisions		16,367		-		16,367		-
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		60,065		-		60,065		-
Preferred stock		35		35		-		-
SBA securities		8,303		-		8,303		-
Total available for sale securities	$	95,829	$	35	$	95,794	$	-

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and recognized in the accompanying December 31, 2014 and 2013 balance sheets, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Impaired Loans (Collateral Dependent)

Loans for which it is probable that the Bank will not collect all principal and interest due according to contractual terms are measured for impairment. Allowable methods for determining the amount of impairment include estimating fair value using the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans, based on current appraisals. If the impaired loan is identified as collateral dependent, then the fair value method of measuring the amount of impairment is utilized. This method requires obtaining a current independent appraisal of the collateral and applying a discount factor to the value.

The Company considers the appraisal or evaluation as the starting point for determining fair value and then considers other factors and events in the environment that may affect fair value. The Company’s practice is to obtain new or updated appraisals on the loans subject to initial impairment review and then to generally update on an annual basis thereafter. The Company discounts the appraisal amount as necessary for selling costs and past due real estate taxes. If a new or updated appraisal is not available at the time of a loan’s impairment review, the Company typically applies a discount to the value of an old appraisal to reflect the property’s current estimated value if there is believed to be deterioration in either (i) the physical or economic aspects of the subject property or (ii) any market conditions. These discounts are developed by the Company’s Chief Credit Officer. The results of the impairment review results in an increase in the allowance for loan loss or in a partial charge-off of the loan, if warranted. Impaired loans that are collateral dependent are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy when impairment is determined using the fair value method based on current appraisals.

Other Real Estate Owned

Other real estate owned (OREO) is carried at the lower of fair value at acquisition date or current estimated fair value, less estimated cost to sell when the real estate is acquired. Estimated fair value of OREO is based on appraisals or evaluations. OREO is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Appraisals of OREO are obtained when the real estate is acquired and subsequently as deemed by the Chief Credit Officer (CCO). Appraisals are reviewed for accuracy and consistency by the CCO. Appraisers are selected from the list of approved appraisers maintained by management.

The following tables are as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	$	858	$	-	$	-	$	858
Other real estate owned		1,451		-		-		1,451

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	$	2,906	$	-	$	-	$	2,906
Other real estate owned		2,269		-		-		2,269

The following table presents quantitative information about unobservable inputs in recurring and nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements:

 

	As of December 31, 2014
	Fair		Valuation	Unobservable
	Value		Technique	Inputs	Range
Impaired loans	$	858	Market	Marketability	2.3% - 36.0%
			comparable	discount	Weighted Avg. 15%
			properties
Other real estate owned		1,451	Fair value	Marketability	2.5% - 40.0%
			appraisals	discount	Weighted Avg. 22%

	As of December 31, 2013
	Fair		Valuation	Unobservable
	Value		Technique	Inputs	Range
Impaired loans	$	2,906	Market	Marketability	5% - 30.7%
			comparable	discount	Weighted Avg. 16%
			properties
Other real estate owned		2,269	Fair value	Marketability	0.0% - 23.8%
			appraisals	discount	Weighted Avg. 18%

The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying
	Amount		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23,615	$	23,615	$	-		-
Securities available for sale		105,985		15		105,970		-
Loans receivable, net		182,573		-		-		184,044
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		1,119		-		1,119		-
Interest receivable		1,058		-		1,058		-
				-
Financial liabilities
Deposits		305,421		-		305,333		-
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		2,000		-		2,023		-
Subordinated debentures		3,609		-		-		1,293
Interest payable		93		-		93		-

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying
	Amount		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29,553	$	29,553	$	-		-
Interest-bearing time deposits		945		945		-		-
Securities available for sale		95,829		35		95,794		-
Loans held for sale		804		-		804		-
Loans receivable, net		193,451		-		-		193,864
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		926		-		926		-
Interest receivable		884		-		884		-
Financial liabilities
Deposits		315,709		-		303,199		-
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		4,500		-		4,478		-
Subordinated debentures		3,609		-		-		1,259
Interest payable		169		-		169		-

The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:

Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, interest-bearing time deposits, loans held for sale, Federal Home Loan Bank stock, interest receivable and payable, deposits due on demand, variable rate loans and other borrowings. Security fair values are based on market prices or dealer quotes and, if no such information is available, on the rate and term of the security and information about the issuer. For fixed rate loans and time deposits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis or underlying collateral values. The fair values of fixed rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances, other borrowings and subordinated debentures are based on current rates for similar financing. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items, which is based on the current fees or cost that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements, is immaterial.

While the above estimates are based on management's judgment of the most appropriate factors, there is no assurance that were the Company to have disposed of these items on the respective dates, the fair values would have been achieved, because the market value may differ depending on the circumstances. The estimated fair values at year end should not necessarily be considered to apply at subsequent dates.

Other assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments, such as premises and equipment, are not included in the above disclosures. Also, nonfinancial instruments typically not recognized on the balance sheets may have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earnings power of core deposits, the trained workforce, customer goodwill, and similar items.

XML

DISCLOSURES ABOUT FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Investments All Other Investments [Abstract]

Available for Sale Securities Recorded at Fair Value

The following tables are as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities:
U.S. government agency debt securities	$	7,738	$	-	$	7,738	$	-
State and political subdivisions		19,913		-		19,913		-
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		66,139		-		66,139		-
Preferred stock		15		15		-		-
SBA securities		12,180		-		12,180		-
Total available for sale securities	$	105,985	$	15	$	105,970	$	-

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Available for sale securities:
U.S. government agency debt securities	$	11,059	$	-	$	11,059	$	-
State and political subdivisions		16,367		-		16,367		-
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		60,065		-		60,065		-
Preferred stock		35		35		-		-
SBA securities		8,303		-		8,303		-
Total available for sale securities	$	95,829	$	35	$	95,794	$	-

Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Measured on Non-Recurring Basis

The following tables are as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	$	858	$	-	$	-	$	858
Other real estate owned		1,451		-		-		1,451

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Fair
	Value		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	$	2,906	$	-	$	-	$	2,906
Other real estate owned		2,269		-		-		2,269

Quantitative Information Unobservable Inputs

The following table presents quantitative information about unobservable inputs in recurring and nonrecurring Level 3 fair value measurements:

 

	As of December 31, 2014
	Fair		Valuation	Unobservable
	Value		Technique	Inputs	Range
Impaired loans	$	858	Market	Marketability	2.3% - 36.0%
			comparable	discount	Weighted Avg. 15%
			properties
Other real estate owned		1,451	Fair value	Marketability	2.5% - 40.0%
			appraisals	discount	Weighted Avg. 22%

	As of December 31, 2013
	Fair		Valuation	Unobservable
	Value		Technique	Inputs	Range
Impaired loans	$	2,906	Market	Marketability	5% - 30.7%
			comparable	discount	Weighted Avg. 16%
			properties
Other real estate owned		2,269	Fair value	Marketability	0.0% - 23.8%
			appraisals	discount	Weighted Avg. 18%

Carrying Amount and Estimated Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following table presents estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments and the level within the fair value hierarchy in which the fair value measurements fall at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

			At December 31, 2014
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying
	Amount		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	23,615	$	23,615	$	-		-
Securities available for sale		105,985		15		105,970		-
Loans receivable, net		182,573		-		-		184,044
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		1,119		-		1,119		-
Interest receivable		1,058		-		1,058		-
				-
Financial liabilities
Deposits		305,421		-		305,333		-
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		2,000		-		2,023		-
Subordinated debentures		3,609		-		-		1,293
Interest payable		93		-		93		-

			At December 31, 2013
			Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying
	Amount		Level 1		Level 2		Level 3
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	29,553	$	29,553	$	-		-
Interest-bearing time deposits		945		945		-		-
Securities available for sale		95,829		35		95,794		-
Loans held for sale		804		-		804		-
Loans receivable, net		193,451		-		-		193,864
Federal Home Loan Bank stock		926		-		926		-
Interest receivable		884		-		884		-
Financial liabilities
Deposits		315,709		-		303,199		-
Federal Home Loan Bank advances		4,500		-		4,478		-
Subordinated debentures		3,609		-		-		1,259
Interest payable		169		-		169		-

XML

REGULATORY AND SUPERVISORY MATTERS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Disclosure Regulatory And Supervisory Matters Additional Information Abstract [Abstract]

Regulatory And Supervisory Matters

NOTE 17 - REGULATORY AND SUPERVISORY MATTERS

As previously disclosed, on January 10, 2014, the Bank received notification from the FDIC and the IDFPR that the Order to the Bank by the FDIC and IDFPR on January 21, 2011 was terminated effective January 10, 2014. The material terms and conditions of the Order were previously disclosed in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 26, 2011. In connection with the termination of the Order, the Bank agreed to achieve Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets and total capital at least equal to 12% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014 our Tier 1 and total capital ratios were 7.7% and 13.4%, respectively, compared to 7.7% and 12.9% at September 30, 2014, 7.2% and 12.5% at June 30, 2014, 7.0% and 12.0% at March 31, 2014 and 6.8% and 11.9% at December 31, 2013, respectively.

XML

Analysis of Company's Basic and Diluted Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Net income available for distribution	$ 5,383	$ (2,787)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities	(3,442)	0
Income attributable to common shareholders	$ 1,941	$ (2,787)
Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS	10,781,988	7,278,781
Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock	0	0
Effect of dilutive stock options	30	0
Average common and common-equivalent shares for dilutive EPS	10,782,018	7,278,781
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.18	$ (0.38)
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.18	$ (0.38)

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Cash flows from operating activities
Net income/(loss)	$ 5,383	$ (2,787)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
Amortization on securities, net	1,066	709
Depreciation	596	609
Provision for loan losses	(75)	1,427
(Gain) Loss on sale of securities	15	(55)
Write-down on foreclosed assets	349	1,323
Gain on sale of loans	(484)	(1,144)
Originations of loans for sale	(18,748)	(46,365)
Proceeds from sales of loans	20,037	53,934
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets	21	328
Loss on sale of assets	74	175
Deferred income taxes	(3,956)	146
Compensation cost of stock options	9	10
Change in cash value of life insurance	(213)	(223)
Change in interest receivable and other assets	382	(1,126)
Change in interest payable and other liabilities	(121)	374
Net cash provided by operating activities	4,335	7,335
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchases of securities available for sale	(33,192)	(75,194)
Proceeds from maturities and calls of securities available for sale	17,922	14,893
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale	6,573	8,063
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets	167	7,725
Net change in interest-bearing time deposits	945	996
Amount paid for acquisition of foreclosed assets	0	(674)
Purchase of Federal Home Loan Bank stock	(193)	0
Net change in loans	10,498	(2,602)
Premises and equipment expenditures, net	(206)	(114)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities	2,514	(46,907)
Cash flows from financing activities
Non-interest bearing and interest bearing demand deposits and savings	2,121	5,533
Certificates and other time deposits	(12,408)	(7,029)
Repayments of borrowings	(2,500)	(4,500)
Proceeds from private offering	0	4,100
Net cash used in financing activities	(12,787)	(1,896)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents	(5,938)	(41,468)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	29,553	71,021
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	23,615	29,553
Supplemental disclosures
Interest paid	1,424	1,614
Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets	455	1,979
Transfer property from held for sale to premises and equipment	$ 0	$ 634

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Allowance for loan losses	$ 2,442	$ 2,500
Common stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Common stock, shares authorized	75,000,000	75,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	10,781,988	10,781,988
Common stock, shares outstanding	10,781,988	10,781,988
Preferred stock, par value	$ 1.00	$ 1.00
Preferred stock, liquidation preference	$ 100	$ 100
Preferred stock, shares authorized	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	191,246	191,246
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	191,246	191,246

XML

RETIREMENT PLANS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Compensation and Retirement Disclosure [Abstract]

Retirement Plans

NOTE 10 - RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company maintains a profit sharing/401(k) plan, which covers substantially all employees. Employees may make contributions to the plan. Employer contributions to the plan are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Annual employer contributions are charged to expense. Profit sharing/401(k) expense was $67,000 and $32,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

The Company also maintains a nonqualified retirement program for directors. Expense for the directors’ retirement program was $24,000 and $23,000 in 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Under agreements with the Company, certain members of the Board of Directors have elected to defer their directors’ fees. The cumulative amount of deferred directors’ fees (included in other liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet) was $889,000 and $1.0 million for December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The liabilities for the nonqualified retirement program for directors and for directors’ deferred fees are not secured by any assets of the Company. Deferred directors’ fees accounts were credited with interest at 2.52% in 2014.

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Mar. 02, 2015	Jun. 30, 2014
Document Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2014
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	CFIS
Entity Registrant Name	COMMUNITY FINANCIAL SHARES INC
Entity Central Index Key	0001123735
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Smaller Reporting Company
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		10,781,988
Entity Public Float			$ 9,411,000

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

NOTE 11 - INCOME TAXES

Income tax consists of the following:

	2014		2013
Currently payable tax
Federal	$	-	$	145
State		-		(145)
Deferred tax
Federal		(1,866)		(3)
State		(2,090)		149
	$	(3,956)	$	146

Income tax differs from federal statutory rates applied to financial statement income due to the following:

	2014		2013
Federal rate of 34 percent	$	485	$	(898)
Add (subtract) effect of
Tax-exempt income, net of nondeductible interest expense		(123)		(92)
State income tax, net of federal benefit		(1,380)		4
Cash value of life insurance		(72)		(76)
Valuation allowance		(2,904)		1,058
Other items, net		38		150
Income tax	$	(3,956)	$	146

The Company recorded a tax benefit of $4.0 million on $1.4 million pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2014. The tax benefit was composed entirely of a reverse of the deferred tax valuation allowance.

Year-end deferred tax assets and liabilities were due to the following:

	2014		2013
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses	$	297	$	1,120
Deferred compensation		545		598
Other-than-temporary-impairment		50		52
Loss carryforward		10,823		9,400
Net unrealized losses on securities available for sale		165		1,149
AMT carryover		275		263
Other real estate owned		145		67
Other		192		211
Total		12,492		12,860
Deferred tax liabilities
Accumulated depreciation		(788)		(728)
Deferred loan fees and costs, net		(149)		(155)
Prepaid expenses		(54)		(57)
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends		(44)		(47)
State income taxes		(714)		(186)
Other		-		(51)
Total		(1,749)		(1,224)
Valuation allowance		(6,625)		(10,487)
Net deferred tax asset	$	4,118	$	1,149

The following is the activity in net deferred tax assets:

Balance, December 31, 2013	$	1,149
Decrease in deferred tax assets		(368)
Increase in deferred tax liabilities		(525)
Decrease in valuation allowance		3,862
Balance, December 31, 2014	$	4,118

Due to the capital raise during 2012 previously discussed, the Company has had an ownership change pursuant to IRC Section 382. This ownership change limits the amount of net operating loss which can be used annually for federal tax purposes. Due to this annual limitation and the number of years in which the net operating loss can be carried forward, a significant portion of the net operating loss will likely never be used. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $25.6 million of federal loss carryforwards and $27.4 million of Illinois state loss carryforwards which expire in varying amounts beginning in 2029 and 2021, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $275,000 of alternative minimum tax credits available to offset future federal income taxes. The credits have no expiration date.

XML

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS - Additional Information (Detail) (Subsequent Event [Member], USD $)	1 Months Ended	2 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2015	Mar. 02, 2015
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Business Combination, Consideration Transferred		$ 42,375,000
Termination Fees One	900,000
Termination Fees Two	1,750,000
Common Stock [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Business Combination Consideration Transferred Percentage		50.00%
Share Distribution Two [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Sale of Stock, Price Per Share		$ 52.50
Common Stock To Be Issued		403,572
Share Distribution One [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Sale of Stock, Price Per Share		$ 42.50
Common Stock To Be Issued		498,530
Maximum [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Termination Fees One	325,000
Weighted Average [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Common Stock, Value, Outstanding		$ 21,187,500
Cash [Member]
Subsequent Event [Line Items]
Business Combination Consideration Transferred Percentage		50.00%

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Interest and dividend income
Interest and fees on loans	$ 9,933	$ 10,629
Securities
Taxable	1,384	1,132
Exempt from federal income tax	374	282
Federal Home Loan Bank dividends and other	51	129
Total interest income	11,742	12,172
Interest expense
Deposits	1,195	1,451
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowed funds	83	118
Subordinated debentures	70	69
Total interest expense	1,348	1,638
Net interest income	10,394	10,534
Provision for loan losses	(75)	1,427
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	10,469	9,107
Noninterest income
Service charges on deposit accounts	370	350
Gain on sale of loans	484	1,144
Loss on sale of foreclosed assets	(21)	(328)
Loss on sale of assets	(74)	(175)
Gain (loss) on sale of securities	(15)	55
Increase in cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance	213	223
Other service charges and fees	828	980
Total noninterest income	1,785	2,249
Noninterest expense
Salaries and employee benefits	5,730	5,943
Net occupancy expense	801	821
Equipment expense	405	447
Data processing	1,004	1,287
Advertising and marketing	168	179
Professional fees	940	1,412
Write-down on foreclosed assets	349	1,323
FDIC premiums	470	747
Other real estate owned expenses	172	587
Other operating expenses	788	1,251
Total noninterest expense	10,827	13,997
Income (loss) before income taxes	1,427	(2,641)
Income tax expense (benefit)	(3,956)	146
Net income (loss)	$ 5,383	$ (2,787)
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.18	$ (0.38)
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.18	$ (0.38)

XML

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Property, Plant and Equipment [Abstract]

Premises And Equipment

NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following at year end:

	2014		2013
Land	$	4,028	$	4,028
Buildings		13,150		13,116
Furniture and equipment		3,593		3,584
Total cost		20,771		20,728
Accumulated depreciation		(6,298)		(5,866)
Net book value	$	14,473	$	14,862

XML

LOANS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Loans

NOTE 4 - LOANS

Loans consisted of the following at December 31:

	2014			2013
Real estate
Commercial	$	92,669		$	97,813
Construction		1,853			1,856
Residential		26,676			26,240
Home equity		46,339			47,050
Total real estate loans		167,537			172,959
Commercial		16,048			21,379
Consumer		1,163			1,384
Total loans		184,748			195,722
Deferred loan costs, net		267			229
Allowance for loan losses		(2,442	)		(2,500	)
Loans, net	$	182,573		$	193,451

The risk characteristics of each loan portfolio segment are as follows:

Commercial

Commercial loans are primarily based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as expected and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial loans are secured by the assets being financed or other business assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and may incorporate a personal guarantee; however, some short-term loans may be made on an unsecured basis. In the case of loans secured by accounts receivable, the availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the borrower to collect amounts due from its customers.

Commercial Real Estate

These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts and the repayment of these loans is generally dependent on the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing the loan. Commercial real estate loans may be more adversely affected by conditions in the real estate markets or in the general economy. The properties securing the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio are diverse in terms of type and geographic location. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based on collateral, geography and risk grade criteria. As a general rule, the Company avoids financing single purpose projects unless other underwriting factors are present to help mitigate risk. In addition, management tracks the level of owner-occupied commercial real estate loans versus non-owner occupied loans.

Construction

Construction loans are underwritten utilizing feasibility studies, independent appraisal reviews, sensitivity analysis of absorption and lease rates and financial analysis of the developers and property owners. Construction loans are generally based on estimates of costs and value associated with the completed project. These estimates may be inaccurate. Construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment substantially dependent on the success of the ultimate project. Sources of repayment for these types of loans may be pre-committed permanent loans from approved long-term lenders, sales of developed property or an interim loan commitment from the Company until permanent financing is obtained. These loans are closely monitored by on-site inspections and are considered to have higher risks than other real estate loans due to their ultimate repayment being sensitive to interest rate changes, governmental regulation of real property, general economic conditions and the availability of long-term financing.

Residential and Consumer, including Home Equity Lines of Credit (HELOC)

With respect to residential loans that are secured by one-to-four family residences and are generally owner occupied, the Company generally establishes a maximum loan-to-value ratio and may require private mortgage insurance if that ratio is exceeded. Home equity loans are typically secured by a subordinate interest in one-to-four family residences, and consumer loans are secured by consumer assets such as automobiles or recreational vehicles. Some consumer loans are unsecured such as small installment loans and certain lines of credit. Repayment of these loans is primarily dependent on the personal income of the borrowers, which can be impacted by economic conditions in their market areas such as unemployment levels. Repayment can also be impacted by changes in property values on residential properties. Risk is mitigated by the fact that the loans are of smaller individual amounts and spread over a large number of borrowers.

Policy for charging off loans:

Management’s general practice is to establish a reserve or proactively charge down loans individually evaluated for impairment to the fair value of the underlying collateral.

Consistent with regulatory guidance, charge-offs on all loan segments are taken when specific loans, or portions thereof, are considered uncollectible. The Company’s policy is to promptly charge these loans off in the period the uncollectible loss is reasonably determined.

For all loan portfolio segments except one-to-four family residential loans and consumer loans, the Company promptly establishes a reserve or charges-off loans, or portions thereof, when available information confirms that specific loans are uncollectible based on information that includes, but is not limited to, (1) the deteriorating financial condition of the borrower, (2) declining collateral values, and/or (3) legal action, including bankruptcy, that impairs the borrower’s ability to adequately meet its obligations. For impaired loans that are considered to be solely collateral dependent, a partial charge-off is recorded when a loss has been confirmed by an updated appraisal or other appropriate valuation of the collateral.

The Company charges-off one-to-four family residential and consumer loans, or portions thereof, when the Company reasonably determines the amount of the loss. The Company adheres to timeframes established by applicable regulatory guidance which provides for the charge-down of one-to-four family first and junior lien mortgages to the net realizable value less costs to sell when the loan is 180 days past due, charge-off of unsecured open-end loans when the loan is 180 days past due, and charge down to the net realizable value when other secured loans are 120 days past due. Loans at these respective delinquency thresholds for which the Company can clearly document that the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection, such that collection will occur regardless of delinquency status, need not be charged off.

Policy for determining delinquency:

The entire balance of a loan is considered delinquent if the minimum payment contractually required to be made is not received by the specified due date.

Period utilized for determining historical loss factors:

The historical loss experience is determined by portfolio segment and is based on the actual loss history experienced by the Company over the prior five years. Management believes the five year historical loss experience methodology is appropriate in the current economic environment, as it captures loss rates that are comparable to the current period being analyzed.

Policy for recognizing interest income on impaired loans:

Interest income on loans individually classified as impaired is recognized on a cash basis after all past due and current principal payments have been made.

Policy for recognizing interest income on nonaccrual loans:

Subsequent payments on nonaccrual loans are recorded as a reduction of principal, and interest income is recorded only after principal recovery is reasonably assured. Nonaccrual loans are returned to accrual status when, in the opinion of management, the financial position of the borrower indicates there is no longer any reasonable doubt as to the timely collection of interest or principal. The Company requires a period of satisfactory performance of not less than six months before returning a nonaccrual loan to accrual status.

The Bank has entered into transactions, including the making of direct and indirect loans, with certain directors and their affiliates (related parties). In management’s opinion such transactions were made in the ordinary course of business and were made on substantially the same terms (including interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. Further, in management’s opinion, these loans did not involve more than normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

The aggregate amount of loans, as defined, to such related parties were as follows:

	2014
Balances, January 1, 2014	$	1,006
New loans including renewals		113
Payments, etc., including renewals		(363	)
Balances, December 31, 2014	$	756

	2013
Balances, January 1, 2013	$	2,432
New loans including renewals		156
Payments, etc., including renewals		(1,582	)
Balances, December 31, 2013	$	1,006

The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans based on portfolio segment and impairment method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Construction			Consumer			Residential		HELOC			Total
Balance at beginning of period	$	483		$	1,336		$	44		$	41		$	266	$	330		$	2,500
Provision for loan losses		(205	)		(138	)		(13	)		(23	)		50		254			(75	)
Charge-offs		-			(28	)		-			(3	)		-		(64	)		(95	)
Recoveries		75			5			-			-			30		2			112
Balance at end of period	$	353		$	1,175		$	31		$	15		$	346	$	522		$	2,442
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	38	$	88		$	126
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	353		$	1,175		$	31		$	15		$	308	$	434		$	2,316
Total Loans:
Ending balance	$	16,048		$	92,669		$	1,853		$	1,163		$	26,676	$	46,339		$	184,748
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	823		$	-		$	-		$	528	$	964		$	2,315
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	16,048		$	91,846		$	1,853		$	1,163		$	26,148	$	45,375		$	182,433

	2013
	Commercial			Commercial Real Estate			Construction			Consumer			Residential			HELOC			Total
Balance at beginning of period	$	621		$	1,386		$	53		$	21		$	305		$	646		$	3,032
Provision for loan losses		129			221			(9	)		34			773			279			1,427
Charge-offs		(267	)		(357	)		-			(15	)		(835	)		(600	)		(2,074	)
Recoveries		-			86			-			1			23			5			115
Balance at end of period	$	483		$	1,336		$	44		$	41		$	266		$	330		$	2,500
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	-		$	26		$	-		$	-		$	-		$	46		$	72
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	483		$	1,310		$	44		$	41		$	266		$	284		$	2,428
Total Loans:
Ending balance	$	21,379		$	97,813		$	1,856		$	1,384		$	26,240		$	47,050		$	195,722
Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,566		$	437		$	-		$	-		$	398		$	505		$	2,906
Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment	$	19,813		$	97,376		$	1,856		$	1,384		$	25,842		$	46,545		$	192,816

The following table summarizes the Company’s nonaccrual loans by class at December 31, 2014 and 2013.

	2014		2013
Real estate loans:
Commercial	$	823	$	437
Residential mortgage		528		-
Home equity		964		505
Total	$	2,315	$	942

The following table presents impaired loans as of December 31, 2014:

	Recorded Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance		Specific Allowance		Average Investment in Impaired Loans		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	823	$	835	$	-	$	837	$	30
Residential		-		-		-		7		-
HELOC		509		514		-		632		8
Subtotal		1,332		1,349		-		1,476		38
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate		-		-		-		792		12
Residential		528		531		38		532		24
HELOC		456		516		88		579		22
Subtotal		984		1,047		126		1,903		58
Total Impaired Loans	$	2,316	$	2,396	$	126	$	3,379	$	96

The following table presents impaired loans as of December 31, 2013:

	Recorded Balance		Unpaid Principal Balance		Specific Allowance		Average Investment in Impaired Loans		Interest Income Recognized
With no related allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate	$	1,566	$	1,566	$	-	$	1,549	$	62
Residential		398		398		-		402		21
HELOC		166		166		-		165		-
Subtotal		2,130		2,130		-		2,116		83
With an allowance recorded:
Commercial real estate		437		812		26		834		-
Residential		-		-		-		-		-
HELOC		339		396		46		396		-
Subtotal		776		1,208		72		1,230		-
Total Impaired Loans	$	2,906	$	3,338	$	72	$	3,346	$	83

The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation and current economic trends, among other factors. The Company analyzes loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk. This analysis is performed during the loan approval process and is updated as circumstances warrant. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:

Special Mention. Loans classified as special mention have a potential weakness that deserves management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loan or of the Company’s credit position at some future date.

Substandard. Loans classified as substandard are inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the borrower or of the collateral pledged, if any. Loans so classified have a well-defined weakness or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.

Doubtful. Loans classified as doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in those classified as substandard with the added characteristic that weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable.

The following table summarizes credit quality of the Company at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Total
Commercial	$	15,983		$—	$	65	$	—	$	—	$	16,048
Real estate loans:
Construction		1,853		—		—		—		—		1,853
Commercial real estate		89,644		227		2,798		—		—		92,669
Residential mortgage		26,448		—		528		—		—		26,676
Home equity		45,048		28		963		—		—		46,339
Consumer		1,163		—		—		—		—		1,163
Total	$	180,139	$	255	$	4,354	$	—	$	—	$	184,748

	2013
	Pass		Special Mention		Substandard		Doubtful		Loss		Total
Commercial	$	19,536	$	209	$	1,634	$	—	$	—	$	21,379
Real estate loans:
Construction		1,856		—		—		—		—		1,856
Commercial real estate		93,679		3,235		899		—		—		97,813
Residential mortgage		24,763		1,477		—		—		—		26,240
Home equity		46,515		29		506		—		—		47,050
Consumer		1,384		—		—		—		—		1,384
Total	$	187,733	$	4,950	$	3,039	$	—	$	—	$	195,722

The following table summarizes aging of the Company’s loan portfolio at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans		Loans > 90 Days and Accruing
Commercial	$	133	$	56	$	—	$	189	$	15,859	$	16,048		$—
Real estate loans:
Construction		—		—		—		—		1,853		1,853		—
Commercial real estate		301		—		823		1,124		91,545		92,669		—
Residential mortgage		—		89		528		617		26,059		26,676		—
Home equity		339		—		1,096		1,435		44,903		46,339		133
Consumer		3		—		—		3		1,160		1,163		—
Total	$	776	$	145	$	2,447	$	3,368	$	181,380	$	184,748	$	133

	30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans		Loans > 90 Days and Accruing
Commercial	$	100	$	—	$	—	$	100	$	21,279	$	21,379		$—
Real estate loans:
Construction		—		—		—		—		1,856		1,856		—
Commercial real estate		—		569		168		737		97,076		97,813		168
Residential mortgage		687		1,342		11		2,040		24,200		26,240		11
Home equity		445		328		555		1,328		45,722		47,050		50
Consumer		—		1		1		2		1,382		1,384		1
Total	$	1,232	$	2,240	$	735	$	4,207	$	191,515	$	195,722	$	230

The Company may grant a concession or modification for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition that it would not otherwise consider resulting in a modified loan which is then identified as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). The Company may modify loans through interest rate reductions, short-term extensions of maturity, interest only payments, or payment modifications to better match the timing of cash flows due under the modified terms with the cash flows from the borrowers’ operations. Loan modifications are intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral. TDRs are considered impaired loans for purposes of calculating the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

The Company identifies loans for potential restructure primarily through direct communication with the borrower and evaluation of the borrower’s financial statements, revenue projections, tax returns and credit reports. Even if the borrower is not presently in default, management will consider the likelihood that cash flow shortages, adverse economic conditions, and negative trends may result in a payment default in the near future.

For one-to-four family residential and home equity lines of credit, a restructure often occurs with past due loans and may be offered as an alternative to foreclosure. There are other situations where borrowers, who are not past due, experience a sudden job loss, become overextended with credit obligations, or other problems, have indicated that they will be unable to make the required monthly payment and request payment relief.

When considering a loan restructure, management will determine if: (i) the financial distress is short or long term; (ii) loan concessions are necessary; and (iii) the restructure is a viable solution.

When a loan is restructured, the new terms often require a reduced monthly debt service payment. No TDRs that were on non-accrual status at the time the concessions were granted have been returned to accrual status. For commercial loans, management completes an analysis of the operating entity’s ability to repay the debt. If the operating entity is capable of servicing the new debt service requirements and the underlying collateral value is believed to be sufficient to repay the debt in the event of a default, the new loan is generally placed on accrual status.

For retail loans, an analysis of the individual’s ability to service the new required payments is performed. If the borrower is capable of servicing the newly restructured debt and the underlying collateral value is believed to be sufficient to repay the debt in the event of a future default, the new loan is generally placed on accrual status. The reason for the TDR is also considered, such as paying past due real estate taxes or payments caused by a temporary job loss, when determining whether a retail TDR loan could be returned to accrual status. Retail TDRs remain on non-accrual status until sufficient payments have been made to bring the past due principal and interest current at which point the loan would be transferred to accrual status.

There were no loans restructured as TDRs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

There were no defaults during 2014 or 2013 for loans restructured within the prior twelve months.

XML

CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Only Disclosure [Abstract]

Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only)

Note 16 - Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only)

Presented below is condensed financial information as to financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company:

Condensed Balance Sheets

	December 31,
	2014		2013
Assets
Cash on deposit with the Bank	$	3,014	$	3,499
Investment in common stock of the Bank		29,048		21,673
Other assets		130		134
Total assets	$	32,192	$	25,306
Liabilities
Long-term debt	$	3,609	$	3,609
Other liabilities		7		70
Total liabilities		3,616		3,679
Stockholders’ Equity		28,576		21,627
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	32,192	$	25,306

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)

	Years Ended December 31,
	2014		2013
Income	$	7	$	4
Expenses
Interest expense		70		69
Other expenses		373		327
Total expenses		443		396
Loss before income tax expense and  undistributed loss of the bank		(436)		(392)
Income tax expense		-		-
Loss before equity in undistributed  loss of the bank		(436)		(392)
Equity in undistributed income (loss) of the bank		5,819		(2,395)
Net income (loss)		5,383		(2,787)
Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale
Securities		1,557		(2,048)
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	6,940	$	(4,835)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,
	2014		2013
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	5,383	$	(2,787)
Equity in undistributed (income) loss of the Bank		(5,819)		2,395
Compensation cost of stock options		9		10
Other changes		(58)		385
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		(485)		3
Investment in Bank		-		(700)
Financing Activities
Net capital raise proceeds		-		4,100
Net cash provided by financing activities		-		4,100
Net change in cash on deposit with the bank		(485)		3,403
Cash on deposit with the bank at beginning of year		3,499		96
Cash on deposit with the bank at end of year	$	3,014	$	3,499

XML

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

NOTE 12 – EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

The following is an analysis of the Company’s basic and diluted EPS, reflecting the application of the two-class method as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	2014
Net income available for distribution	$	5,383
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities		(3,442)
Income attributable to common shareholders	$	1,941
Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS		10,781,988
Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock		-
Effect of dilutive stock options		30
Average common and common-equivalent shares for dilutive EPS		10,782,018
Basic	$	0.18
Diluted	$	0.18

	2013
Net income available for distribution	$	(2,787)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities		-
Income attributable to common shareholders	$	(2,787)
Average common shares outstanding for basic EPS		7,278,781
Effect of dilutive convertible preferred stock		-
Effect of dilutive stock options		-
Average common and common-equivalent shares for dilutive EPS		7,278,781
Basic	$	(0.38)
Diluted	$	(0.38)

There were 20,680 and 23,580 anti-dilutive shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

XML

SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Subordinated Borrowings [Abstract]

Subordinated Debentures

NOTE 8 - SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

The Company and its financing trust subsidiary, Community Financial Shares Trust II, a Delaware statutory trust, consummated the issuance and sale of an aggregate amount of $3,500,000 of the Trust’s floating rate capital securities in a pooled trust preferred transaction. The subordinated debentures accrue interest at a variable rate based on three-month LIBOR plus 1.62%, reset and payable quarterly. The interest rate at December 31, 2014 was 1.86%. The debentures will mature on September 21, 2037, at which time the preferred securities must be redeemed. In addition, the Company may redeem the preferred securities in whole or part, beginning June 21, 2012 at a redemption price of $1,000 per preferred security.

The Company has provided a full, irrevocable, and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis of the obligations of the Trust under the preferred securities in the event of the occurrence of an event of default, as defined in such guarantee.

The Company deferred all payments of interest on its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2037 beginning with the March 15, 2011 interest payment period through the December 15, 2012 interest payment period. On December 21, 2012, immediately following the consummation of the Investment, the Company paid all outstanding accrued and additional interest on its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2037 through the March 15, 2013 interest payment period in accordance with a written approval letter from the FRB. Subsequently, the Company elected to defer payments of interest on its Floating Rate Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures due 2037 beginning with the June 15, 2013 interest payment period. All of the outstanding accrued and additional interest was subsequently brought current on December 15, 2014.

XML

Summary of Capital Ratios for Bank (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Sep. 30, 2014	Jun. 30, 2014	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013	Jan. 21, 2011
Regulatory Requirements [Line Items]
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) Actual Amount	$ 27,941				$ 25,990
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets) Actual Amount	25,499				23,490
Tier I capital (to average assets) Actual Amount	25,499				23,490
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes Amount	16,672				17,426
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes Amount	8,336				8,713
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes Amount	13,329				13,763
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) Minimum to Be Well Capitalized Amount	20,840				21,783
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Minimum to Be Well Capitalized Amount	12,504				13,070
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) Minimum to Be Well Capitalized Amount	$ 16,661				$ 17,204
Total capital ( to risk-weighted assets) ratio	13.40%	12.90%	12.50%	12.00%	11.90%	12.00%
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets) Actual Ratio	12.20%				10.80%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) ratio	7.70%	7.70%	7.20%	7.00%	6.80%	8.00%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes Ratio	8.00%				8.00%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes Ratio	4.00%				4.00%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) Minimum for Capital Adequacy Purposes Ratio	4.00%				4.00%
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets) Minimum to Be Well Capitalized Ratio	10.00%				10.00%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets) Minimum to Be Well Capitalized Ratio	6.00%				6.00%
Tier 1 capital (to average assets) Minimum to Be Well Capitalized Ratio	5.00%				5.00%

XML

DEPOSITS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Banking and Thrift [Abstract]

DEPOSITS

NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS

	2014		2013
Non-interest bearing DDA	$	44,754	$	39,613
NOW		71,492		72,545
Money market		43,666		42,443
Regular savings		71,199		74,389
Certificates and time deposits, $100,000 and over		25,641		32,621
Other certificates and time deposits		48,669		54,098
Total deposits	$	305,421	$	315,709

At December 31, 2014, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:

2015	$	43,712
2016		19,006
2017		8,218
2018		2,677
2019		697
	$	74,310

At December 31, 2014, total certificates and time deposits of $250,000 and over totaled $2,708,000. Deposits from related parties, as defined in Note 4, held by the Company at December 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $2,449,000 and $2,478,000, respectively.

XML

ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Banking and Thrift [Abstract]

Advances From The Federal Home Loan Bank and Other Borrowings

NOTE 7 - ADVANCES FROM THE FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND OTHER BORROWINGS

Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago totaled $2.0 million and $4.5 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There is one advance with an interest rate of 1.69% and is subject to restrictions or penalties in the event of prepayment.

The Company maintains a collateral pledge agreement covering advances whereby the Company has agreed to at all times keep on hand, free of all other pledges, liens, and encumbrances, whole first mortgage loans on improved residential property not more than 90 days delinquent, aggregating no less than 167 percent of the outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago. As noted in Note 3, the Company has also pledged securities on these advances.

At December 31, 2014, the Company has one outstanding advance with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago totaling $2.0 million maturing in 2015.

XML

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Banking and Thrift [Abstract]

Capital Requirements

NOTE 9 - CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

On January 10, 2014, the Bank received notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) and the Division of Banking of the Illinois Department of Financial and Professional Regulation (the “IDFPR”) that the Consent Order (the “Order”) issued to the Bank by the FDIC and IDFPR on January 21, 2011 was terminated effective January 10, 2014. The material terms and conditions of the Order were previously disclosed in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 26, 2011. In connection with the termination of the Order, the Bank agreed to achieve Tier 1 capital at least equal to 8% of total assets and total capital at least equal to 12% of risk-weighted assets. At December 31, 2014, these capital ratios were 7.7% and 13.4%, respectively.

Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the financial statements.

The prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications, including well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as are asset growth and expansion, and plans for capital restoration are required. The minimum requirements are:

	Capital to Risk				Tier 1
	Weighted Assets				Capital to
	Total		Tier 1		Average Assets
Well capitalized	10	%	6	%	5	%
Adequately capitalized	8		4		4
Undercapitalized	6		3		3

The actual capital levels and minimum required levels for the Bank were as follows at December 31:

					Minimum
					for Capital				Minimum
					Adequacy				to Be Well
	Actual				Purposes				Capitalized
	Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio		Amount		Ratio
2014
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	$	27,941	13.4	%	$	16,672	8.0	%	$	20,840	10.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		25,499	12.2			8,336	4.0			12,504	6.0
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		25,499	7.7			13,329	4.0			16,661	5.0
2013
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)	$	25,990	11.9	%	$	17,426	8.0	%	$	21,783	10.0	%
Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)		23,490	10.8			8,713	4.0			13,070	6.0
Tier 1 capital (to average assets)		23,490	6.8			13,763	4.0			17,204	5.0

At December 31, 2014, regulatory approval is required for all dividend declarations by both the Bank and the Company.

XML

Summary of Income Tax Benefit Differs from Federal Statutory Rates (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Income Tax Examination [Line Items]
Federal rate of 34 percent	$ 485	$ (898)
Add (subtract) effect of
Tax-exempt income, net of nondeductible interest expense	(123)	(92)
State income tax, net of federal benefit	(1,380)	4
Cash value of life insurance	(72)	(76)
Valuation allowance	(2,904)	1,058
Other items, net	38	150
Income tax	$ (3,956)	$ 146

XML

Activity in Net Deferred Tax Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014
Summary Of Net Deferred Tax Assets [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 1,149
Decrease in deferred tax assets	(368)
Increase in deferred tax liabilities	(525)
Decrease in valuation allowance	3,862
Ending Balance	$ 4,118

XML

Summary of Income Tax Benefits (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Currently payable tax
Federal	$ 0	$ 145
State	0	(145)
Deferred tax
Federal	(1,866)	(3)
State	(2,090)	149
Income tax	$ (3,956)	$ 146

XML

STOCK OPTIONS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Schedule of Stock Option Activity

A summary of option activity under the Plan as of December 31, 2014, and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:

	Shares	Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, beginning of year	23,580	$	18.95
Granted	-		-
Exercised	-		-
Forfeited or expired	(2,900)		18.77
Outstanding, end of year	20,680	$	18.97	3.23	$	-
Exercisable, end of year	11,265	$	21.27	2.58	$	-

XML

Summary of Past Due Aging of Loan Portfolio (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
30-59 Days Past Due	$ 776	$ 1,232
60-89 Days Past Due	145	2,240
Greater Than 90 Days	2,447	735
Total Past Due	3,368	4,207
Current	181,380	191,515
Total Loans	184,748	195,722
Loans > 90 Days and Accruing	133	230
Commercial
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
30-59 Days Past Due	133	100
60-89 Days Past Due	56	0
Greater Than 90 Days	0	0
Total Past Due	189	100
Current	15,859	21,279
Total Loans	16,048	21,379
Loans > 90 Days and Accruing	0	0
Construction
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
30-59 Days Past Due	0	0
60-89 Days Past Due	0	0
Greater Than 90 Days	0	0
Total Past Due	0	0
Current	1,853	1,856
Total Loans	1,853	1,856
Loans > 90 Days and Accruing	0	0
Commercial Real Estate
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
30-59 Days Past Due	301	0
60-89 Days Past Due	0	569
Greater Than 90 Days	823	168
Total Past Due	1,124	737
Current	91,545	97,076
Total Loans	92,669	97,813
Loans > 90 Days and Accruing	0	168
Residential mortgage
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
30-59 Days Past Due	0	687
60-89 Days Past Due	89	1,342
Greater Than 90 Days	528	11
Total Past Due	617	2,040
Current	26,059	24,200
Total Loans	26,676	26,240
Loans > 90 Days and Accruing	0	11
Home equity
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
30-59 Days Past Due	339	445
60-89 Days Past Due	0	328
Greater Than 90 Days	1,096	555
Total Past Due	1,435	1,328
Current	44,903	45,722
Total Loans	46,339	47,050
Loans > 90 Days and Accruing	133	50
Consumer
Financing Receivable, Recorded Investment, Past Due [Line Items]
30-59 Days Past Due	3	0
60-89 Days Past Due	0	1
Greater Than 90 Days	0	1
Total Past Due	3	2
Current	1,160	1,382
Total Loans	1,163	1,384
Loans > 90 Days and Accruing	$ 0	$ 1

XML

OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ACTIVITIES

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Off Balance Sheet Activities

NOTE 14 - OFF-BALANCE-SHEET ACTIVITIES

Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments, although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment. The Company is not aware of any event, demand, commitment, trend or uncertainty that will result in, or is reasonably likely to result in, the termination or material reduction in availability of off-balance sheet arrangements that provide a material benefit to the Company.

The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows at year end.

	2014		2013
Financial standby letters of credit	$	74	$	199
Commitments to originate loans		-		2,216
Unused lines of credit and letters of credit		44,147		54,882

XML

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation

Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include Community Financial Shares, Inc. (the Holding Company) and its wholly owned subsidiary, Community Bank - Wheaton/Glen Ellyn (the Bank) together referred to herein as the Company.

The Bank was chartered by the Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate in 1994. The Bank provides a range of banking and financial services through its operation as a commercial bank with offices located in Wheaton and Glen Ellyn, Illinois. The Bank's primary activities include deposit services and commercial and retail lending. Interest income is also earned on investments in debt securities, federal funds sold, and short-term investments.

Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Internal financial information is reported and aggregated as one line of business.

Use of Estimates

Use of Estimates: To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided and future results could differ. The allowance for loan losses and fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

Securities

Securities: Certain debt securities that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as “held to maturity” and recorded at amortized cost. Securities not classified as held to maturity, including equity securities with readily determinable fair values, are classified as “available for sale” and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

When the Company does not intend to sell a debt security, and it is more likely than not, the Company will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it recognizes the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. For held-to-maturity debt securities, the amount of an other-than-temporary impairment recorded in other comprehensive income for the noncredit portion of a previous other-than-temporary impairment is amortized prospectively over the remaining life of the security on the basis of the timing of future estimated cash flows of the security.

For equity securities, when the Company has decided to sell an impaired available-for-sale security and the entity does not expect the fair value of the security to fully recover before the expected time of sale, the security is deemed other-than-temporarily impaired in the period in which the decision to sell is made. The Company recognizes an impairment loss when the impairment is deemed other than temporary even if a decision to sell has not been made.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans Held for Sale: Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of cost or fair value in the aggregate. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized through a valuation allowance by charges to noninterest income. Gains and losses on loan sales are recorded in noninterest income, and direct loan origination costs and fees are deferred at origination of the loan and are recognized in noninterest income upon sale of the loan.

Loans and Loan Income

Loans and Loan Income: Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoffs are reported at their outstanding principal balances adjusted for unearned income, charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs on originated loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

For loans amortized at cost, interest income is accrued based on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, as well as premiums and discounts, are deferred and amortized as a level yield adjustment over the respective term of the loan.

The accrual of interest on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days past due unless the credit is well-secured and in process of collection. Past due status is based on contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.

All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual or charged off are reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.

Discounts and premiums on purchased residential real estate loans are amortized to income using the interest method over the remaining period to contractual maturity, adjusted for anticipated prepayments. Discounts and premiums on purchased consumer loans are recognized over the expected lives of the loans using methods that approximate the interest method. 

Allowance for Loan Losses

Allowance for Loan Losses: The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision for loan losses charged to income. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance.

The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon management’s periodic review of the collectibility of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

The allowance consists of allocated and general components. The allocated component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For those loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers nonclassified loans and is based on historical charge-off experience and expected loss given default derived from the Company’s internal risk rating process. Other adjustments may be made to the allowance for pools of loans after an assessment of internal or external influences on credit quality that are not fully reflected in the historical loss or risk rating data.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial and construction loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

Groups of loans with similar risk characteristics are collectively evaluated for impairment based on the group’s historical loss experience adjusted for changes in trends, conditions and other relevant factors that affect repayment of the loans. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment measurements, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to financial difficulties of the borrower.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock: Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock is a required investment for institutions that are members of the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The required investment in the common stock is based on a predetermined formula.

The Bank owned $1,118,900 and $925,700 of FHLB stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The FHLB of Chicago paid average cash dividends totaling 0.50% and 0.30% in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The FHLB will continue to assess their dividend capacity each quarter, and will obtain the necessary approval if a dividend is to be made. Management performed an analysis and deemed the investment in FHLB stock was not impaired.

Foreclosed Assets

Foreclosed Assets: Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs incurred after acquisition that do not meet the criteria for capitalization are expensed.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and Equipment: Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Buildings and related components are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 10 to 50 years. Furniture, fixtures, and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line (or accelerated) method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 10 years.

Long-Term Assets

Long-Term Assets: Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

Stock Compensation

Stock Compensation: At December 31, 2014, the Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan, which is described more fully in Note 13.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes: The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with income tax accounting guidance (ASC 740, Income Taxes). The income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred. Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to the taxable income or excess of deductions over revenues. The Company determines deferred income taxes using the liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and enacted changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense results from changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of evidence available, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions are recognized if it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the tax position will be realized or sustained upon examination. The term more likely than not means a likelihood of more than 50 percent; the terms examined and upon examination also include resolution of the related appeals or litigation processes, if any. A tax position that meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. The determination of whether or not a tax position has met the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold considers the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date and is subject to management’s judgment. The Company recognizes interest and penalties on income taxes as a component of income tax expense.

The Company files consolidated income tax returns with its subsidiaries.

With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local or non U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2011. The Company has net operating loss carryovers for federal and Illinois purposes for all years subsequent and including 1999 and 1998, respectively. To the extent these losses get used to offset future years’ taxable income, the taxing authorities have the right to audit those loss years.

Off-balance-sheet Financial Instruments

Off-balance-sheet Financial Instruments: Financial instruments include off-balance-sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and standby letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

Statements of Cash Flows

Statements of Cash Flows: For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, and interest-bearing deposits. Most federal funds are sold for one-day periods. Net cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings Per Share: Basic earnings per share is net income available to common shareholders divided by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share include the dilutive effect of additional potential shares issuable under stock options. For 2014 the Company is required to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share using the two-class method. Calculations of earnings per share under the two- class method (i) exclude from the numerator any dividends paid or owed on participating securities and any undistributed earnings considered to be attributable to participating securities and (ii) exclude from the denominator the dilutive impact of the participating securities.

Comprehensive Income or Loss

Comprehensive Income or Loss: Comprehensive income or loss consists of net income or loss and other comprehensive income or loss. Other comprehensive income or loss includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale, which are also recognized as a separate component of equity.

Dividend Restriction

Dividend Restriction: Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Holding Company or by the Holding Company to the stockholders. In addition, the Bank and the Holding Company are currently subject to regulatory orders limiting their ability to declare and pay dividends. See Note 9 for more information. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, the Company may not declare or pay any dividends or other distributions prior to the Effective Time without prior written consent of Wintrust.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments: Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of active markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-08- Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity – In April 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-08. This update seeks to better define the groups of assets which qualify for discontinued operations, in order to ease the burden and cost for prepares and stakeholders. This issue changed “the criteria for reporting discontinued operations” and related reporting requirements, including the provision for disclosures about the “disposal of and individually significant component of an entity that does not qualify for discontinued operations presentation.”

The amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted only for disposals or classifications as held for sale. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09- Revenue from Contracts with Customers – In May 2014, FASB, in joint cooperation with IASB, issued ASU 2014-09. The topic of Revenue Recognition had become broad, with several other regulatory agencies issuing standards which lacked cohesion. The new guidance establishes a “common framework” and “reduces the number of requirements to which an entity must consider in recognizing revenue” and yet provides improved disclosures to assist stakeholders reviewing financial statements.

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company will adopt the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and does not anticipate that the ASU will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-11- Transfers and Servicing – In June 2014, FASB, issued ASU 2014-11. This update addresses the concerns of stakeholders’ by changing the accounting practices surrounding repurchase agreements. The new guidance changes the “accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions and linked repurchase financings to secured borrowing accounting, which is consistent with the accounting for other repurchase agreements.”

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is prohibited. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12- Compensation – Stock Compensation – In June 2014, FASB, issued ASU 2014-12. This update defines the accounting treatment for share-based payments and “resolves the diverse accounting treatment of those awards in practice.” The new requirement mandates that “a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period be treated as a performance condition.”

Compensation cost will now be recognized in the period in which it becomes likely that the performance target will be met.

The amendments in this Update are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted the methodologies prescribed by this ASU by the date required, and this ASU did not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.

XML

Summary of Impaired Loans (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Recorded Balance
Recorded Balance, With no related allowance recorded	$ 1,332	$ 2,130
Recorded Balance, With an allowance recorded	984	776
Recorded Balance, total	2,316	2,906
Unpaid Principal Balance
Unpaid Principal Balance, With no related allowance recorded	1,349	2,130
Unpaid Principal Balance, With an allowance recorded	1,047	1,208
Unpaid Principal Balance, total	2,396	3,338
Specific allowance for impairment of loans
Specific allowance, With no related allowance recorded	0	0
Specific allowance, With an allowance recorded	126	72
Total specific allowance	126	72
Average Investment in Impaired Loans
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, With no related allowance recorded	1,476	2,116
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, With an allowance recorded	1,903	1,230
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, total	3,379	3,346
Interest Income Recognized
Interest Income Recognized, With no related allowance recorded	38	83
Interest Income Recognized, With an allowance recorded	58	0
Interest Income Recognized, total	96	83
Commercial
Specific allowance for impairment of loans
Specific allowance, With an allowance recorded	0	0
Commercial Real Estate
Recorded Balance
Recorded Balance, With no related allowance recorded	823	1,566
Recorded Balance, With an allowance recorded	0	437
Unpaid Principal Balance
Unpaid Principal Balance, With no related allowance recorded	835	1,566
Unpaid Principal Balance, With an allowance recorded	0	812
Specific allowance for impairment of loans
Specific allowance, With no related allowance recorded	0	0
Specific allowance, With an allowance recorded	0	26
Average Investment in Impaired Loans
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, With no related allowance recorded	837	1,549
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, With an allowance recorded	792	834
Interest Income Recognized
Interest Income Recognized, With no related allowance recorded	30	62
Interest Income Recognized, With an allowance recorded	12	0
Residential
Recorded Balance
Recorded Balance, With no related allowance recorded	0	398
Recorded Balance, With an allowance recorded	528	0
Unpaid Principal Balance
Unpaid Principal Balance, With no related allowance recorded	0	398
Unpaid Principal Balance, With an allowance recorded	531	0
Specific allowance for impairment of loans
Specific allowance, With no related allowance recorded	0	0
Specific allowance, With an allowance recorded	38	0
Average Investment in Impaired Loans
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, With no related allowance recorded	7	402
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, With an allowance recorded	532	0
Interest Income Recognized
Interest Income Recognized, With no related allowance recorded	0	21
Interest Income Recognized, With an allowance recorded	24	0
HELOC
Recorded Balance
Recorded Balance, With no related allowance recorded	509	166
Recorded Balance, With an allowance recorded	456	339
Unpaid Principal Balance
Unpaid Principal Balance, With no related allowance recorded	514	166
Unpaid Principal Balance, With an allowance recorded	516	396
Specific allowance for impairment of loans
Specific allowance, With no related allowance recorded	0	0
Specific allowance, With an allowance recorded	88	46
Average Investment in Impaired Loans
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, With no related allowance recorded	632	165
Average Investment in Impaired Loans, With an allowance recorded	579	396
Interest Income Recognized
Interest Income Recognized, With no related allowance recorded	8	0
Interest Income Recognized, With an allowance recorded	$ 22	$ 0

XML

Available for Sale Securities Amortized Cost Contractual Maturity (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Due in one year or less, Amortized Cost	$ 481
Due after one year through five years, Amortized Cost	3,244
Due after five years through ten years, Amortized Cost	16,992
Due after ten years, Amortized Cost	7,150
Available For Sale Securities Amortized Cost	106,410
Due in one year or less, Fair Value	482
Due after one year through five years, Fair Value	3,222
Due after five years through ten years, Fair Value	16,959
Due after ten years, Fair Value	6,988
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	105,985	95,829
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available for sale debt securities without a single maturity date, Amortized Cost	66,306
Available for sale debt securities without a single maturity date, Fair Value	66,139
SBA securities
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available for sale debt securities without a single maturity date, Amortized Cost	12,233
Available for sale debt securities without a single maturity date, Fair Value	12,180
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	12,180	8,303
Preferred stock
Schedule of Available-for-sale Securities [Line Items]
Available for sale debt securities without a single maturity date, Amortized Cost	4
Available for sale debt securities without a single maturity date, Fair Value	15
Available-for-sale Securities, Fair Value Disclosure, total	$ 15	$ 35

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Net income/(loss)	$ 5,383	$ (2,787)
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period:
Unrealized net gains/(losses)	2,526	(3,288)
Related income tax benefit (expense)	(979)	1,275
Net unrealized gains/(losses)	1,547	(2,013)
Less: reclassification adjustment for net gains realized during the period
Realized net gains/(losses)	(15)	55
Related income tax (expense)/benefit	5	(20)
Net realized gains/(losses)	(10)	35
Other comprehensive income/(loss)	1,557	(2,048)
Comprehensive income/(loss)	$ 6,940	$ (4,835)

XML

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]

Securities Available for Sale

NOTE 3 - SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

The fair value of securities available for sale at year end is as follows:

2014	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses
U. S. government agency debt securities	$	7,738	$	-	$	(236)
States and political subdivisions		19,913		112		(92)
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		66,139		316		(483)
Preferred stock		15		11		-
SBA securities		12,180		13		(66)
	$	105,985	$	452	$	(877)

2013	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses
U. S. government agency debt securities	$	11,059	$	-	$	(1,414)
States and political subdivisions		16,367		50		(419)
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		60,065		124		(1,235)
Preferred stock		35		31		-
SBA securities		8,303		1		(104)
	$	95,829	$	206	$	(3,172)

Securities classified as U. S. government agency debt securities include notes issued by government-sponsored enterprises such as the Federal National Mortgage Association, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and the Federal Home Loan Bank. The SBA securities are pools of the loans guaranteed by the Small Business Administration.

The fair values of securities available for sale at December 31, 2014, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity are shown separately.

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	481	$	482
Due after one year through five years		3,244		3,222
Due after five years through ten years		16,992		16,959
Due after ten years		7,150		6,988
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed		66,306		66,139
Preferred stock		4		15
SBA securities		12,233		12,180
	$	106,410	$	105,985

Securities with a carrying value of approximately $7.6 million and $18.0 million at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits, Federal Home Loan Bank advances and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

Sales of securities were as follows:

	2014		2013
Sales proceeds	$	6,573	$	8,063
Gross gains/(losses) on sales		(15)		55

Certain investments in debt securities are reported in the financial statements at an amount less than their historical cost. Total fair value of these investments at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $65.7 million and $77.1 million, respectively, which is approximately 62.0% and 80.5% of the Company’s investment portfolio, respectively. These declines primarily resulted from changes in market interest rates and current depressed market conditions. Based on evaluation of available evidence, including recent changes in market interest rates, credit rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the declines in fair value for these securities are temporary. Should the impairment of any of these securities become other than temporary, the cost basis of the investment will be reduced and the resulting loss recognized in net income in the period the other-than-temporary impairment is identified.

The following tables show gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

2014	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
U.S. Government agency debt securities	$	-	$	-	$	7,738	$	(236)	$	7,738	$	(236)
State and political subdivisions		6,601		(31)		3,801		(61)		10,402		(92)
U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities		13,988		(59)		23,516		(424)		37,504		(483)
SBA Securities		5,065		(22)		4,978		(44)		10,043		(66)
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	25,654	$	(112)	$	40,033	$	(765)	$	65,687	$	(877)

U.S. Government Agency Debt Securities and U.S. Government Agency Mortgage-backed Securities

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in obligations of U.S. government agencies were caused by interest rate changes. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit the issuer to settle the securities at a price less than the amortized cost bases of the investments. Because the Company does not intend to sell the investments and it is not more likely than not the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider those investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2014.

2013	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
U.S. Government agency debt securities	$	6,694	$	(797)	$	4,365	$	(617)	$	11,059	$	(1,414)
State and political subdivisions		10,027		(419)		-		-		10,027		(419)
U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities		48,023		(1,234)		16		(1)		48,039		(1,235)
SBA Securities		7,987		(104)		-		-		7,987		(104)
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	72,731	$	(2,554)	$	4,381	$	(618)	$	77,112	$	(3,172)

XML

SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Jun. 21, 2012
Subordinated Borrowing [Line Items]
Debt Instrument, Maturity Date	Sep. 21, 2037
Debt Instrument, Description of Variable Rate Basis	The subordinated debentures accrue interest at a variable rate based on three-month LIBOR plus 1.62%, reset and payable quarterly.
Subordinated Debentures
Subordinated Borrowing [Line Items]
Financial Instruments Subject to Mandatory Redemption, Settlement Terms, Maximum Amount	$ 3,500,000
Debt Instrument, Basis Spread on Variable Rate	1.62%
Debt Instrument, Interest Rate, Effective Percentage	1.86%
Preferred Stock, Redemption Price Per Share		$ 1,000

XML

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE- Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Antidilutive Securities Excluded from Computation of Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Number of anti-dilutive shares	20,680	23,580

XML

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]

Fair Value of Securities Avaliable for Sale

The fair value of securities available for sale at year end is as follows:

2014	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses
U. S. government agency debt securities	$	7,738	$	-	$	(236)
States and political subdivisions		19,913		112		(92)
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		66,139		316		(483)
Preferred stock		15		11		-
SBA securities		12,180		13		(66)
	$	105,985	$	452	$	(877)

2013	Fair Value		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses
U. S. government agency debt securities	$	11,059	$	-	$	(1,414)
States and political subdivisions		16,367		50		(419)
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed securities		60,065		124		(1,235)
Preferred stock		35		31		-
SBA securities		8,303		1		(104)
	$	95,829	$	206	$	(3,172)

Available for Sale Securities Amortized Cost Contractual Maturity

Securities not due at a single maturity are shown separately.

	Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	481	$	482
Due after one year through five years		3,244		3,222
Due after five years through ten years		16,992		16,959
Due after ten years		7,150		6,988
U.S. government agency mortgage-backed		66,306		66,139
Preferred stock		4		15
SBA securities		12,233		12,180
	$	106,410	$	105,985

Sales Activities for Securities

Sales of securities were as follows:

	2014		2013
Sales proceeds	$	6,573	$	8,063
Gross gains/(losses) on sales		(15)		55

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The following tables show gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

2014	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
U.S. Government agency debt securities	$	-	$	-	$	7,738	$	(236)	$	7,738	$	(236)
State and political subdivisions		6,601		(31)		3,801		(61)		10,402		(92)
U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities		13,988		(59)		23,516		(424)		37,504		(483)
SBA Securities		5,065		(22)		4,978		(44)		10,043		(66)
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	25,654	$	(112)	$	40,033	$	(765)	$	65,687	$	(877)

2013	Less than 12 Months				12 Months or More				Total
Description of Securities	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses		Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
U.S. Government agency debt securities	$	6,694	$	(797)	$	4,365	$	(617)	$	11,059	$	(1,414)
State and political subdivisions		10,027		(419)		-		-		10,027		(419)
U.S. Government agency mortgage-backed securities		48,023		(1,234)		16		(1)		48,039		(1,235)
SBA Securities		7,987		(104)		-		-		7,987		(104)
Total temporarily impaired securities	$	72,731	$	(2,554)	$	4,381	$	(618)	$	77,112	$	(3,172)

XML

Quantitative Information Unobservable Inputs (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	$ 858	$ 2,906
Other real estate owned	1,451	2,269
Impaired Loans
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	858	2,906
Valuation Technique	Market comparable properties	Market comparable properties
Unobservable Inputs	Marketability discount	Marketability discount
Other Real Estate Owned
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Other real estate owned	0	2,269
Valuation Technique	Fair value appraisals	Fair value appraisals
Unobservable Inputs	Marketability discount	Marketability discount
Level 3
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Impaired loans (Collateral Dependent)	858	2,906
Other real estate owned	$ 1,451	$ 2,269
Minimum | Level 3 | Impaired Loans
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Range	2.30%	5.00%
Minimum | Level 3 | Other Real Estate Owned
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Range	2.50%	0.00%
Maximum | Level 3 | Impaired Loans
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Range	36.00%	30.70%
Maximum | Level 3 | Other Real Estate Owned
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Range	40.00%	23.80%
Weighted Average [Member] | Level 3 | Impaired Loans
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Range	15.00%	16.00%
Weighted Average [Member] | Level 3 | Other Real Estate Owned
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Range	22.00%	18.00%

XML

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Accrual Of Interest On Mortgage And Commercial Loans If Discontinued For Maximum Days	90 days
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock	$ 1,119	$ 926
Cash Dividend Paid By Federal Home Loan Bank Percent	0.50%	0.30%
Building and Building Improvements [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	50 years
Building and Building Improvements [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	10 years
Furniture Fixtures And Equipment [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	10 years
Furniture Fixtures And Equipment [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Basis Of Presentation And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Useful Life	3 years

XML

STOCK OPTIONS

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2014

Disclosure of Compensation Related Costs, Share-based Payments [Abstract]

Stock Options

NOTE 13 - STOCK OPTIONS

The Company has a nonqualified stock option plan (“Plan”) to attract, retain, and reward senior officers and directors and provide them with an opportunity to acquire or increase their ownership interest in the Company.

Under terms of the Plan, options for 40,400 shares of common stock were authorized for grant with an additional 4,600 options authorized in 2004. Options cannot be granted at exercise prices less than the fair market value of the stock at the grant date. Options granted under the Plan vest incrementally over periods of 5 to 10 years. The options also vest when the recipient attains age 72 or in the event of a change of control (as defined). The term of each option is ten years.

The Plan was amended at the November 29, 2006 Special Meeting of Stockholders. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan was increased to 100,000 as a result of the 2-for-1 stock split which became effective December 27, 2006.

On September 19, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, subject to stockholders approval, which was obtained on January 3, 2014. The Board of Directors has reserved a total of 2,900,000 shares of the Company common stock for issuance upon the grant or exercise of awards made pursuant to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan. It is anticipated that key personnel and consultants of the Company and its affiliates will participate in the Plan.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed-form option valuation model that uses the assumptions in the following table. Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s stock. The expected term of options granted represents the average period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for the options granted is based on the U. S. Treasury rate for a similar term as the average expected term of the option.

There were no options granted or exercised during 2014.

A summary of option activity under the Plan as of December 31, 2014, and changes during the year then ended, is presented below:

	Shares	Weighted-Average Exercise Price		Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term	Aggregate Intrinsic Value
Outstanding, beginning of year	23,580	$	18.95
Granted	-		-
Exercised	-		-
Forfeited or expired	(2,900)		18.77
Outstanding, end of year	20,680	$	18.97	3.23	$	-
Exercisable, end of year	11,265	$	21.27	2.58	$	-

The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2013 was $0.47. There were no options granted in 2014. In addition, no options were exercised for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

As of December 31, 2014, there was $29,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of five years.

During 2014, the Company recognized approximately $9,000 of share-based compensation expense and approximately $4,000 of tax benefit related to the share based compensation expense.